Iron Stars

You wake once again, in the ruins of the academy admin building. The years of being confined are starting to wear on you, almost as much as the lack of intoxicants you used to subsist on. The ferals outside are quiet currently. None of them are fighting, at least for now. (edited)

Taking advantage of the apparent quiet for a short meditative exercise. Wes tries to clear his head, he crosses his legs in a lotus pose, closes his eyes and focuses on listening for the sounds of the Ferals or psychic powers being used.

You sit for a while, listening intently. You don't hear any active psionics but after a while you hear a soft ping that startles you out of your trance. Your compad lights up.

Wes excitedly runs over and checks his compad. His eyes, and smile wide as he hopes for rescue or contact. (edited)

No personal contact has been made, but the compad had connected to a network for the first time in years. There's not much there yet, but the words "Welcome to Plainsford!" greet you.

"Plainsford? well someone's got something running again at least." Wes tries to see if he can access anything while he gathers his meagre belongings. He checks that everything is still copasetic with his humidor and TK generator, and that his extra batteries are charged before putting them all into his leather messenger bag. He takes a final whiff of what's in his flask before sighing then closing it and putting that and his lighter into his jacket pocket before laying it all out on his desk next to a rebar club. Finally he decides to get dressed in what's left of his outfit and fringed leather jacket not wanting to scare of the first people he sees by showing up au natural as he's grown used to, being the only one in the ruins. (edited)

You don't find anything else on the network yet, as it was just turned on. All of your equipment is gathered and ready to go.

Wes pockets his compad and takes a few practice swings with his club before trying to get to the roof to see what he can spot from there. "Well hopefully I can get a better read on things from the roof." "please no crazies." he whispers repeatedly to himself as he takes a tighter grip on his club.

From the roof you can see a few lone psychics walking the campus grounds. Some talking to themselves, others walking aimlessly, one squatting under a tree tearing into a raw squirrel, blood dripping from her mouth.

(Is Plainsford a new name or tied to a place he might know?) "Greaat, think they know where Plainsford is?" Wes sighs. "I'm starting to think if I wait for a clear day I'll never get out of here." He tries to find an escape route were there aren't any psychics currently or less violent ones at least? To take once he descends, then takes one last desperate look for signs of Plainsford.

(New, the only settlements on the planet before were the city and the academy) No way out is completely clear, but your building is on the southern side of the campus, so there are fewer buildings and ferals that way.

(Safe to assume Plainsford is not visible from the roof? Since you didn't mention it?)

(Yeah it's not near that close)

12:09 PM

(Each hex is 200km so it's a few days if you're walking)

(Thought as much but wanted to check. Thanks, I think that was the plan assumed any intact vehicles wouldn't run after the scream +3 years of sitting. If there even was any with the ferals roaming around, and hopefully more quiet in foot, car might not traverse terrain unless it was grav? If I didn't think of it until you said that could he still look for one?)

(You're free to look for vehicles, you dont see any now)

"Well maybe I'll at least find something new on the south side of campus? Can't start without heading down." Wes decides to head down, then check around the southernmost part of the building and see if he can find something interesting or a safe way out. (edited)

There's nothing directly outside the building. A ways to your right is a feral standing still, staring at a wall. Further south there are a few more buildings. In one of them you can faintly sense active psychic abilities.

Wes looks up and before exiting the building offers up a small prayer. "You've gotten me out of worse things whatever you are, probably should be dead twice over, that's enough right? You must like me a little. Trying to cure them swayed you? Just a little hike come on." When he opens the doors between his long self cut hair, his bugged out in panic eyes flitting back and forth and his worn clothes he almost looks feral himself. Trying to copy their movements he heads further toward the south. Wondering about the powers he saw, and cautiously getting close enough to tell specifics of the power or if the use is sporadic like a feral? (on phone not sure if he would need higher level to diferrentate or tell those things?) (edited)

As you get closer, you can tell the abilities being used are telekinetic in nature. The feral staring at the wall doesn't notice you as you approach the southern buildings. (There's currently no way for you to tell if they're feral or not)

Wes feels his chest and back tingle when he realizes it's telekinesis. Squeezes the rebar remembering how he first got it. Then tries to see if he can peek or listen in through a window. "Oh, I'm an idiot if I let the same jerk kill me twice, but I can't leave someone trapped in there." (edited)

The window nearest to you shows an empty classroom in disarray. Your senses tell you the feral is further in the building.

Hating himself more with every step, Wes approaches then slowly opens the door and enters. "Deep breaths, better person and all that. You better be watching magical space entity... Sorry I didn't mean it. Hello? Anyone not crazy or non violent crazy in here need help? Either way please don't kill me." Wes is still after announcing himself hoping to assess the situation while still close enough to the door to escape if it's a trap. (edited)

You hear the clatter of something falling. Then slow footsteps begin to head your way.

"That doesn't sound good. You can walk, please say something, make a sound at least, let me know you can understand?" Wes starts opening the door ready to make a break for it hoping none of the other ferals have moved in, but deciding to make sure before he tries to go.

Out of a hallway stumbles a young man. Not the one you had encountered before. He looks up at you with fevered eyes and sallow skin hanging off a gaunt malnourished frame.

9:00 PM

(Initiative)

(4 sorry about logging suddenly should have said something but I was falling asleep at the keyboard after hitting the gym. I'm not sure but should I save any talking until my turn now we are in initiative?)

(I'll let you say one thing really quickly, he got an 8)

"At least it's a different one." ( I figured somethig like that was better than trying to cram pleading in especially if it turned into a roll, thanks.)

The feral growls at you and unleashes a kinetic blast at you. (17/3)

Wes runs out the open door then slams it, and keeps on running south. "Well I said not to kill me and technically he didn't so thanks, but darn that hurt."

(So you're just running straight south to get out of the academy?)

(Yes, it seems like the best thing to do since he has 1 hp left and getting knocked out around the ferals doesn't seem like a good idea?)

(There are still a few buildings you'd be running past, let's get a stealth check to see if you get out unnoticed)

(7)

You run down the street as fast as you can, pushing past the remaining buildings. You're not sure if any of them saw you go, but you don't seem to be followed. You reach the edge of the grass, marking the beginnings of the plains.

Wes doesn't stop running for a bit as long as there isn't danger directly in front of him he keeps going for a while.

(Is that stupid would he know the plains are dangerous or something? I just figured almost dying again spooked him.)

The tall grass whips past as you keep running. Nothing stops you or attacks or gets in your way as you continue.

12:17 PM

(You wouldnt know much about the plains, no one was really allowed in them. The whole planet was sort of a nature preserve)

(Cool ) Wes keeps running for several hours about when his body has healed itself, hoping that's far enough to take stock, and looks around? (edited)

12:27 PM

(should I make a con/exert for that?)

(You heal your level in hp every night so you're still at 1hp. And no, nothing's following you)

12:30 PM

You stop and look around and only see tall grass in every direction. The grass is pale yellow and taller than your head. There's a light breeze rippling the grass but otherwise you dont hear anything.

(with the occult resilience don't you heal 1 lost hp per hour?)

12:38 PM

Wes checks his compad again hoping it picked up something or someone on the Plainsford network.

(You're right, forgot you had lvl 2) (edited)

1

12:54 PM

The network is still in its earliest stages, having been brought online only that morning. You do find a map with a message attached, asking that survivors make their way there for food, shelter, and safety.

Wes tries to find the way on the map. "I could kiss you Magic space entity, now just let me get there without getting too lost, might have to stop talking to you or myself for a while, it's probably off putting to those who have had others to talk to." (survival wis?)

(Sure)

(7?)

You walk in what you hope is the right direction for hours with nothing but the wind for company. As you continue on, the wind picks up and you see dark clouds on the horizon as the sun begins to set.

Wes checks the battery, then tries to go on by the light of the compad ready to fall prone if he sees something. (It's plains right, are there any trees around or just the tall grass?)

(You haven't seen any trees)

1

1:28 PM

The compad has enough battery to last the night, though the light it puts off isn't very strong.

Slowing his pace Wes tries to continue in the dim light. Thinking using the lighter would be similarly dim and fire a bad idea in the tall grass of the plains.

(Notice/wis)

(6)

You continue on, your strange powers fueling you through the night. The wind picks up and lightning briefly lights the sky. The first large drops of rain fall to the ground around you, quickly turning into a torrential downpour.

Wes covers his compad quickly putting it away then looks up. (Not sure if compads are water resistant or not.) "At least I won't have to worry about finding water, hopefully it will drive animals and ferals into hiding too, thanks M.u.s.e, I probably needed a shower.(Magical unseen space entity.) Glad you aren't angry." He sits and closes his eyes to meditate in the rain and darkness not effected much by the rain, but enjoying the feel and sound of it. (edited)

The rain lasts most of the night, thoroughly soaking your clothes and churning the ground to mud. The sky is just turning gray in the east as the rain subsides to a light sprinkle.

Wes decides to take of his soaked clothes and wring them out as much as he can, and wipe the mud off before continuing on the way to Plainsford. He grins up at the sky. "If you wanted me naked again you should have just asked."

(Notice/wis)

(5)

You continue southwest, the wind whipped grasses stinging your skin. The sun rises and warms the drenched ground, turning your muddy slog into a slightly less muddy slog. You continue this way for a while when from the grasses bursts a small cat-like creature, short quills bristling on its humped back. It lunges at you, but misses its mark, sliding in the slick mud. Its spines raise along it's back as it hisses at you.

"Hmm, probably faster than me, I don't have any food to offer you, so tiny, your mom's probably around here somewhere." Wes starts slowly backing up trying to look big keeping the club between him and tiny the quill kitten, scanning for others.

You don't see any other beasts for now. The young quill beast charges, taking a swipe at your leg.

5:03 PM

(17/1)

(you can do non lethal damage or something with blunt weapons right?)

(You could try I guess)

(are there any penalties?)

(It's not a written thing I dont think, let's say a -2 to hit)

(4/4 3 shock if ac less than 13)

5:16 PM

Wes's heart isn't in it he swings around the small cat.

The bar bounces off the tough quills, shattering a few. It hisses and comes at you with its teeth, missing your leg and biting into your pack.

"Damn cat, that's not for you. Look away Muse, this is going to get nasty."

5:22 PM

(2/5 shock only applies if you hit right?)

(Shock only applies when you miss)

(the secret is I always miss.)

The bar impacts on the hardest part of the armor-like quills and the small beast shrugs it off. It circles you a moment, then makes to leap at your chest before falling down, panting from exhaustion. Now that it's not attacking, you can see the emaciated form covered by the spines. Ribs protrude and heave as it breathes heavily, giving small yowling yelps.

Wes sighs audibly at the sky, and checks his bag's integrity then takes out the wet jacket.

The bag is scratched, but not pierced. Nothing inside seems to be damaged.

Wes tries to toss the jacket over the tired cat.

It hisses in protest, but doesn't have the strength to move it.

Wes tries to secure it by closing the jacket and tying the sleeves so it can't get out. "It might not seem like it, but this is for your own good they'll probably have more food for you in Plainsford than here." After that he covers it with the rest of his wet outfit to give more protection from it's claws, teeth and quills and carries the cat with him moving toward Plainsford. (edited)

Quills poke out of your jacket as you wrap the beast up, making it very uncomfortable to carry. Its yowling caries loudly across the plains.

"Shh, how can something so small be so loud and pointy? This is only the dumbest thing I've done today because it's barely past dawn. Come on, one more day, and we'll be living it up in Plainsford. Chew on the leather or something, I thought you were hungry." Wes tries to make soothing sounds to the jacket keeping the quills away from him as he holds it. (edited)

(Notice/wis)

(6)

You hear a loud roar off in the distance, coming your way. It sounds like a much more mature version of the yowling creature in your arms.

"Well that sounds like goodbye little buddy, enjoy the jacket." Wes gently puts the jacket on the ground then gives the roaring a wide berth as he moves away from the caterwauling.

The creature fights the jacket off after a minute and rushes out into the grasses towards the roaring.

Wes uses their touching reunion to give him more distance from being eaten.

You continue southwest for the remainder of the day with no more interruptions. Throughout the day you notice a slight slope down as you continue, until just as the sun begins to set you reach the sea. You see a small fishing boat heading south, towards a vague shape on the horizon.

Wes runs towards the boat waving his arms and bag, and yelling. "Help, Wait don't leave me here I've been walking for two days, a cat ate my clothes." He keeps moving towards the boat then starts swimming out to it. (edited)

The boat continues on southward. Whether they didn't see you, or did and didn't want to invite a crazed naked man on their boat is unsure.

Wes tries to follow the boat hoping the waters will be friendlier than the plains, or there might at least be a lighthouse or light from the city so he can keep going if it gets dark.

(exert/con swimming is a lot harder than walking)

(I left it on str by accident but they are both one is that ok or should I re roll it?)

(That's fine)

(thanks 11)

You continue swimming as the sky darkens, the water is chilly but refreshing rather than cold. The boat quickly outpaces you as you follow it and you eventually lose sight. But following the coast, after some time you do see lights in the distance.

Wes swims towards them smile almost cutting his face in half. "Finally we made it, maybe my notes can do some good here if they aren't too waterlogged, well I've had to work from memory before, but other people. No offense, but I'm a little tired of talking to myself."

It takes you a while, but eventually you find youself swimming up to the docks of a port. There are a few people around, but it's not very busy at this time of night. It's hard to get the scale of everything in the dark, but what is lit up is quite expansive.

Wes tries to find a place where he can get up on the dock, eager to check which of his belongings survived the swim. (edited)

You find a ladder near one of the boats. As you scramble up, a sailor calls out to you, "Hey! No drunken louts on the docks! And get some clothes on eh? Someone's grandma could be watchin!"

"Sure, le mi dump out my my bag think I got some water in it." Wes plays along hoping he can pass as a sailor or drunk long enough to check his things, and get into town at least. He opens his bag and pulls his things out then turns it upside down to get the remaining water out using the bag to conceal his club. (edited)

Your notes and journal are a big soggy, but salvageable. The compad seems to not be starting. Otherwise your possessions seem mostly unharmed.

Wes puts everything but his flask back in the bag for now, deciding a burgundy dinner jacket, black dress slacks and burgundy loafers might be a little conspicuous trying to pass as a drunk fallen into the water. He takes a small sip, and lets some dribble over himself to get the smell before staggering off the docks trying to find a good Samaritan who offers him some clothes or at least something to cover himself, and maybe a warm spot to sleep it off. (edited)

You head further into the city, the streets mostly deserted this time of night. A patrol of guards finds you first, rifles held loosely in their hands. "You there, what are you doing? Too drunk to find your way home? What happened to your clothes?"

Presented with the guards Wes decides to drop the drunk act before he's asked to tell them where he lives. He holds his bag in front of himself."Well not exactly, I'll tell you the whole story, but could I get some clothes first please, maybe something to dry off with at least?"

The squint at you curiously before handing you a cloak to cover yourself with. "Let's go back to HQ, we'll get you sorted there."

Wes takes the cloak and puts it on then puts his bag on over that. "Thank you, I'll follow you then, sorry in advance if I run off at the mouth or ask too many questions, you're the first people I've really talked to in about 3 years."

"A survivor eh? Shoulda led with that. How'd you survive that long all by yourself?"

"I'm still not exactly sure, I was in the thick of it. I used to be a mental heath, and guidance counselor at what's now the ruined academy. Maybe I should wait to give details until we're more secure I don't want to scare anyone."

"You're psychic?" A few of them tighten their grip on their rifles, "We'll need to get you checked out and registered then."

Wes lowers his voice so only the guards around him can hear."Just a level 0 restricted meta psyonic, and not feral I swear. My old academy id should be in the bag. Even if I went crazy like them I couldn't hurt you, but maybe you'd better take this if it makes you feel safer, mostly my personal effects, but also a piece of rebar I'd used as a club to defend myself. Feel free to help yourselves to the scotch and cigars." Wes slowly takes the bag and gives it to the lead guard trying to appear as non threatening as possible. (edited)

The guard takes your bag and leads you to their compound. The soldiers don't ease up on their rifles. It's dark this time of night, the pale green moon only dimly illuminating the city around you. They take you to a large building, though you can't make out much more about it. They gesture for you to enter.

Wes enters and complies with any further demands of him while remaining pleasant, waiting to tell his story.

They bring you to an interrogation room and place a slender collar around your neck. As it closes your connection to your abilities is severed.

(magical as well or only meta?)

(Both)

(do I feel suddenly tired or anything?)

(Not yet, if you wore it for longer you would)

Adjusting to the feel of the collar suddenly Wes takes on a desperate look. "Would you mind if I got a bit of my scotch back and had a quick smoke before answering your questions, hopefully it's not too much to ask as I've been cooperative?"

The officer opens the flask and gives it a sniff. He tosses it over. "No smoking inside."

"Thank you, you've been kind just a quick sip and I'll answer whatever you ask, probably tell you a few things you don't. Wes takes a small experimental sip. Please if you do exist let this work, maybe I can even talk them into letting me keep this collar. (Sorry if my system of italics for thoughts and muttering to himself is kind of confusing.)

"Alright, so let's start with the basics. Name, occupation, that sort of thing. You worked at the academy before?"

(So did it work? The collar suppressing my powers allow me to get drunk I mean, should have been more specific than it.) (edited)

Wes puts down the flask. "Yes, my given name is Westley Milgram, technically there's a Dr. in there, but please call me Wes. As I said I used my skill in psychology combined with my new then psychic gift to assess the mental state and power level of returning and aspiring psychics and place them in the appropriate training or mission. I also gave counseling to returning battle psychics or others that needed it."

The scotch flows down your throat, the tingly warm numbing you've been missing for three years. "Alright then Wes. How did you survive the scream?"

"Ok, stay with me on this part, I was out for at least an hour so it gets a little iffy." (that's why I was trying to ask what he remembers about what happened I imagined someone would ask him.)

(You wouldn't remember anything. Basically it killed you instantly but your focus stopped you from dying)

1

"I woke up an hour after everything went down with a horrible headache, I remember a great deal of pain for an instant but not much more. I've noticed some other things that I think stopped when I put on the collar. Like I couldn't get drunk, stoned, tired, hungry didn't need to breathe, it's how I was able to swim here following a fishing ship. I swam all day and into the night. I survived the same way, hiding in the ruins able to stay in one spot, and on guard at all times not needing food water or sleep. Do you know about things like this happening to anyone else? I took what notes on myself and the ferals as I could, but was afraid of being killed for a third time."

"Can't say I've heard that happen to anyone else. We have a psychic on the way to make sure of all this. He should know more."

"I'm not lying to you, but I can understand wanting to verify. I haven't even told you the most unbelievable parts of my story, and often question my own gifts. I ran into an old student who had gone feral a few months after the incident. This was before I knew what the ferals were you understand. I had been trapped in my office for a few months. He speared me through with that rebar I use for a club and left. In an hour I was back up with only a stain and hole in my shirt almost like it never happened. A distressing experience I'd like to avoid repeating if possible. Do you have any other questions or would you mind telling me about yourself or the town? I'd hate to leave the conversation on that eerie note."

"Plainsford. The newer of two cities survivors have built. New Astria is bigger, but Plainsford has access to more natural resources so we've modernized a bit faster. We also have the advantage of being planned rather than thrown together as people gather."

"Interesting, so you mentioned survivors not being new, do you know what will become of me eventually?"

"Assuming you're cleared, you'll be free to make your own way. You can stay in one of the cities. If you're willing to work, housing and food will be provided."

"I'm not afraid of work, hopefully my skills can be useful, if not I picked up a minor technical knowledge keeping my compad and generator working, and am in decent shape. Do you know if I'll be allowed to keep or remove the collar once I'm cleared. I thought I could put my lack of a need for things like sleep or nourishment to use for the community."

"You will not be allowed to keep the collar, it will be removed. We have precious few and they're instrumental in capturing or neutralizing ferals."

"Oh, are they still being made or are these left overs? If I helped in the capture and treatment of ferals could I have access to one perhaps?"

"We don't have the means to make them anymore. I don't have the authority to give you access, but that could be a possibility."

"Thank you for your indulgence in answering my questions and your hospitable treatment. Hopefully I can do good here."

There's a knock on the door and a large portly gentleman in fine clothes enters, scowling. "Psychics are crawling out of the walls these days." He looks at you with piercing eyes. You don't sense anything with your powers blocked, but you can tell he's using them. "Not feral. Sign." He holds out a compad with the information you gave listed.

Westley begins signing his full fancy signature including title. Doctor Westley Milgram Ph.D. "What am I signing? Some kind of registry?"

"Yes." The man takes the compad back and vanishes. The officer chuckles, "That was Draper. He was extra talkative today."

"Seems friendly, might I ask your name now that I've been cleared?"

"Paterson. Well, let's get that off of you and get you some dry clothes." A soldier comes around and takes the collar off, the slight buzz from the scotch fading quickly.

Wes sucks his teeth at the forced clarity. "Nice to meet you Officer Patterson. Sure was good while it lasted. Do you know if there's anywhere I could get a haircut and shave while I'm getting cleaned up? I tried my best with office scissors, but figured I'd leave it long and give the professionals a chance. It'll be nice to have a proper shower or bath too. I can take my belongings back now right? You probably can't drink on duty, but I could leave a cigar for you if you want."

"That'd best wait till morning, but there are bathhouses in town. I think a few are open all night. Of course you may have your belongings back."

"I'll look into that then, do you know if there is something I could do or a place I could put my things at least, I might not need to sleep, but it would be nice to have a private space for meditation even if it doubles as a work area. I wanted to see if I could save my compad, it wouldn't start after my swim." (edited)

"Sure, there are apartments set aside for newcomers. I'll have someone lead you there when you're ready."

"Thank you, if you end up needing the space I wouldn't mind someone else there since I won't be using the bed to sleep." Wes gathers his belongings, then follows the soldier to get clothes then to an apartment to stash his things and take a look at his compad at least taking it apart to dry and trying to salvage the battery.

(int/fix?)

(Yep)

(6)

You're unable to get the compad working again, but a more skilled tech might be able to salvage it.

"Well another thing better left to the professionals, I'll take it with me when I look into what cyber ware is still available, and get my hair cut tomorrow." Wes shrugs and heads to the bathhouses.

(How, and where do you want me to state completed goals, just as I think they're accomplished?)

(You can do that here) The only bathhouse open at this time has communal showers for each men and women. A sleepy attendant waits outside but otherwise the bathhouse is vacant.

Wes approaches them unsure of the etiquette or procedure around the showers. "Evening I'm new here name's Wes, do I just hop in a shower or, I don't have any credits, do you still use credits?" (edited)

4:07 PM

(Oh as far as the goals I'm pretty sure I escaped the academy ruins without dying again, but it was close, I'm not as sure about the drug one. Finding out the headbands nullify the effect is sort of in the spirit of it, but that one I wanted to let you make the ruling on since finding magical drugs or a psychic or mage willing to induce drug like effects or something sounded like pretty interesting rp too. Not to say I won't even if the goal is complete.)

(We'll say the first is completed. The other maybe if you manage to get a collar to keep or find something else.) "We use credits, but you don't need any for this." She yawns and gestures inside, "Head on in."

"Alright thanks." Wes decides he'll make a better impression after a cold shower and a new set of clothes, then heads into the stall. Once he's done he dries off and looks over the new clothes they gave him before putting them on.

5:19 PM

(Sorry if this is a silly question, but should I wait to do the level up, or just add the points? Also would you rather have the specifics here in pm or not at all?) (edited)

(Level whenever you have the xp to do so. You can post it here or PM if you want to)

1

(quick question in your opinion is there any reason besides I would get it faster to get the witchhunter foci? it seems like meta psionic can do the same thing or nearly the same thing.)

(Yeah the level 2 has some different functions I think but mostly it's the same. Up to you what you pick)

(might get it later I was thinking of iron hide so I have some ac and don't get chewed to death by baby kitties? 1 point into up attribute cha to 14, 1 to take connections to 0 and one to take know to 0 2d6 +6 for health new total 17? I think that's right. Do you know if I have to get con to 18 before lvl 10 or 20 to count for saves or hp? I was thinking of doing 2 stat points this level but that would leave no points for new skills.)

(You can get con whenever, it will affect any health rolls after and count for saves whenever you get it)

(Thanks, I'm not as worried about it then. So what do the new clothes look like? I think that's where we left off before level up.)

The new clothes are very generic and cheaply made, but sturdy. The attendant calls from outside, "Is there anything else you need sir?"

"Hmm, what else do you offer? I don't have any credits." Wes comes out of the shower stall freshly washed and in new clothes. "Nothing trendsetting, but still ok I think. You seemed bored, and I can't sleep. Would you mind if I keep you company on your shift? I think everything else is closed or I'd offer to get you some coffee or something." (edited)

"Uh sure I guess." She's just messing around on her compad and doesn't look up.

"So what's there to do for fun around here? Hopefully I didn't fight ferals, outrun needle cats on the plains, and swim for two days just to die of boredom?" (edited)

"Nothing fun this time of night. There's a bar. Mostly people here work all the time, the city's not been here long."

"Hmm, maybe we'll have to change that. Working all the time isn't good for your health. A bar's a good start, but getting drunk can only get you so far. If I get my compad working again maybe I could play some movies or something, liven things up. You've been here longer than me, you think people would be interested in a movie night?"

"Yeah I guess. People like distractions. Got any good ones?"

"A few, what type do you like?"

"I mostly watch indie films, you probably haven't heard of them."

"Try me, and even if I haven't watched them that just means I can see them with fresh eyes and an aficionado next to me, best of both worlds right?"

She lists a number of obscure movies that you for sure haven't seen, most of them sounding really strange or even kind of bad.

"You have any on your compad? You said it's usually dead right? Think we could watch one while we wait for your shift to end?"

She pulls up a film shot in black and white called, The Darkest Death by Floyd Flugal. The dialog is in a language you've never heard and what you can see is pretty unwatchable.

Wes watches the movie, but mainly takes in the attendant. Glad to share something simple like watching a movie with a real person who enjoys it as opposed to the personified representation of the energy that gave him his powers, or a feral psychic transfixed by the lights and sounds.

She mostly just watches the movie, but seems to enjoy the company despite her outer demeanor.

Wes waits until the movie ends to break the amicable silence. "Ok, you were right I'm a little lost. Most of the old foreign films I've watched were French or martial arts movies. Probably something that requires multiple viewings to fully understand. Luckily I have you to explain it. Do you speak that language, I've never heard it before."

"I don't speak it, but I feel it. The tension and drama are like, palpable. Anyway, thanks for watching it with me I guess. Shift's almost over."

"You're welcome. Do you always work the graveyard shift? Maybe I could bring a movie next time or we could watch another of yours if I can't get my compad working?"

"Not always, but sometimes. I've got another night shift next week if you wanted to stop by. Or whatever."

"Sure, I don't have anything better to do, and this was pretty fun. I should probably ask you your name if we're going to meet up again, you already know I'm Wes."

"I'm Beth. Nice to meet you Wes. I'm gonna go sleep now or something."

"All right, want me to walk you home or something?, or maybe you should walk me home? They took me to my apartment once, but I don't want to be wandering around all day if I can help it. It's still my first day in town."

"I can get home just fine. The newcomer apartments are just over there," She points to a long building not far away.

"Thanks, that would have been embarrassing, getting lost when you can almost see it from here. See you in a week then Beth." Wes waves and heads the way that Beth pointed back to his apartment. Once there he checks to see if his books have dried out yet wanting to write down the days events before moving onto something else.

The books are mostly dry, you are able to write very carefully though the ink smudges a little in places that are slightly damp.

"Just another thing I need to get tomorrow. Well nothing left to do now but start the routine." Wes leaves his apartment sneaking around looking for a place to begin his training, and getting an idea of the layout of Plainsford. Occasionally trying to walk on his hands, cartwheel, or parkour. He isn't very good at it, and often takes bad falls, but he doesn't give up, or get tired and his scrapes and bruises heal as he goes. He keeps at this until people start to mill about. Going back to the showers before heading to his apartment. He asks the new attendant if they have some kind of laundry service.

(What kind of training are you looking for?)

(just part of rp setup for when I put skill points in exert, sneak, punch, con points, and stuff like the diehard, iron hide and unarmed foci later I think. It's kind of fun to set it up. Maybe cause some interesting things to happen when people wonder what he's doing. I wasn't trying to just post a scene and expect free points that seems like it would be taking advantage. Hopefully that clarifies what it's leading too though?) (edited)

1

The new attendant is an older gentleman, darker skin with curly gray hair. "Laundry service? Yeah we have one of those. What are you needing to clean?"

"This and maybe a cloak?" Wes motions to the outfit he is wearing. "I only have that and one fancy evening outfit from before, just came into town yesterday."

"I was hoping to pick up some clothes, maybe get a haircut and do some other errands today, but thought I'd stop by to ask since it's on my way home, and everyone's been so nice and helpful. Maybe I could cover some of the late shifts in exchange? I haven't really had a chance to get myself setup yet. I heard this was only one of many fancy baths in the city. Are they like spas? I think I came too late to do much besides take a shower, and speak with Beth, but that idea intrigues me."

"Well I dont make the shifts, you'll have to talk to the manager. But someone willing to cover night shifts is rare so I doubt she'll turn you down. There are a few other public bathhouses, not sure how fancy they are though. Nothing quite spa level has been made yet."

"Do you know when the manager would be in? Maybe I could talk to her before I left on my errands, get an idea of when they need me or what I would be doing?" (edited)

"She'll be around later this afternoon I think. Honestly the work is more boring than anything, there's more exciting things to do around town if you want."

"Thank you for the information and the warning, but it's probably one of the jobs willing to hire me as I have little experience outside of my specialty right now, and was recently cleared. Plus you probably interact with the most people, and have the least work and oversight. Besides it doesn't have to stay that way. Let me give you my compad information and where I'm staying. You might not be able to call me since it got some water damage on my way in, but hopefully that's something I can get fixed. My name is Wes, and I'm staying at the apartments nearby. I'll probably try to at least get a haircut so I don't come off as too much of a vagabond, then swing back by on the way up again. Oh, excuse my manners, I talked your ear off and didn't ask your name."

"I'm George, I'll pass on the info to the manager. Good luck with your haircut."

"Thanks, nice to meet you George."

Wes waves at the attendant, then goes up to his apartment, and grabs his things. Switching back to the cloak since it's at least not sweaty, and doesn't have any blood stains. First he looks for a place to get a shave and a haircut, he can pull off the scraggly look, but it probably wouldn't work for an interview, and he misses his old hair and beard anyway. (would watching the movie with Beth count for the finding human companionship goal? also what does she look like?)

(I'd count something more like a henchman for that) You find a barber not too far from the bathhouse. A young man with a shock of purple hair is currently cutting someone's hair.

(do you mind if I edit it to something like find a companion then and take out the human part? Hopefully you trust me not to count befriending a rock or muse or something, I just wanted to include tiny the Quilbeast or one of the psychic moon people potentially.)

(That's fine)

1

(thanks.)Wes sits down and waits his turn to get his hair cut. He trys to see what kind of cut he's doing for the person in the chair now.

The person in the chair is a older lady, getting her hair cut short. Her severe face and functional clothes give her a militaristic look.

(Is she in a guard uniform?)

(Not specifically, you'd guess she's off duty)

Wes listens in hoping to pick up some gossip, or maybe talk to some new people.

The woman is complaining about the slowed pace of construction for the railway due to increased quillbeast activity.

"Sorry to interrupt, but I recently ran into some quill beasts myself, it was the weirdest thing there was a tiny cub all alone. Little thing ambushed, and almost took a bite out of me. Looked like it hadn't eaten in days. So I tired it out and threw my jacket over it. Thought I could get it some food or something, but when an adult came I had to leave it. You'd think with more ground the things would be better fed not worse. I wonder if the ones slowing the railroad were looking for food too?" (edited)

The woman looks over to you, "I'm not sure, they've got some people out of New Astria looking into it. You're lucky the adult didn't attack, they've been increasingly violent lately."

"I can only imagine, I didn't stick around once I heard that roar. I hope they don't attack the towns, I just got here."

"Even the way they've been I doubt they attack the city. Wouldnt do them much good, we've plenty of people here to defend. When we're stretched thin across the railway we're much more vulnerable."

"I wish I could help, but I can hardly defend myself let alone someone else. I'm just glad not to be on my own anymore."

"Well the military is always looking for recruits, trained or not. Really everyone here has something that needs help, we have more work than people."

"Maybe I'll look into that then. Do you know who I would talk to? Officer Patterson, was the one who brought me in and was there when I was cleared. Or is there someone in charge of job placement for the colonies? Maybe they could tell me where I could help best? Not getting tired or sick, thought I could do the jobs other people didn't want to like the graveyard shift at the showers or something." (edited)

"He would be fine to talk to. No one's specifically in charge job placement, mostly people have an idea of what they're good at and ask around." (If you have an idea of what you want to do with him can give you more options)

(Not quite sure yet, and I figured his not having to sleep would give him time to help with multiple things, as long as it wasn't too ridiculous maybe? Thought I would explore the city while doing the errands and ask about things I encounter, and maybe something would click? Would that be ok?)

"Well after I got a haircut, I was going to look into getting my compad fixed, maybe check with the hospital, or I'm not sure who's in charge of personality cyber ware, if it's still available? I think I have an interview later, so I might try to get a second set of clothes. After that I'll make sure to check in with Patterson. The only other thing I can think of is maybe talking to Draper? He seemed a little intimidating though." (edited)

"You met Draper? Are you psychic? The Order is based in New Astria if you're wanting to do anything with them. That's where the railway is heading."

"Technically, I used to work there. Nothing worth worrying about. I can see and hear powers being used, got the ability coming here for the job actually, made me a great counselor. I thought I might help in finding ferals, maybe treating the more sane ones."

"I've never heard of anyone treating them, but I'm not sure many have tried. You best be careful dealing with the ferals though, some of them can be particularly nasty."

"You don't have to tell me, I was stuck in the Academy with them for three years."

"Well best of luck in your endeavors." The barber finishes her hair and calls you over.

"Thanks." Wes walks over and takes a seat in the chair. "Hello, name's Wes hopefully you can do something for me, haven't been under the best conditions for hair treatment."

"What are you looking for?"

"I was thinking just go back to the style I had before. Layered and bouncy with a muttonstache, but your the professional what do you think?"

"That sounds like something I can do. Do you have a product you prefer in your hair?"

"The best quality I can get without credits?"

"Mmm I see. Well I won't be able to do much about that, the products I have are fairly rare these days. But the cut will be fine."

"Makes sense, I'll be back then, how much would it cost about, haven't had a professional wash my hair in too long."

"Well if you wanted the bottle to keep I'd put it at 1000 credits."

"Sounds good, maybe I'll have to go into the city to get you some more. Do you have any idea where it would be?"

"For some reason fancy soaps and products aren't a priority around here, I usually make my own. If you could get me some materials for it I could make you a bottle though."

"I might be able to do that, what would you need?"

"There's a specific kind of seaweed that grows deep in the sea. It's bioluminescent so it's easy to spot, but we don't have many submersibles and again, most people don't consider it a priority."

"How deep, and do you know if there is anything in there?"

"I know there are probably fish, anything dangerous like sharks or giant kraken squids or something?"

"I don't know exactly how deep and I dont think you need to worry about squids. There may be sharks or other dangers, I haven't been down there myself."

"Well, another thing I can look into, do you need for me to get you anything else besides the seaweed?"

"I can get the rest of the materials fairly easily, that's the one that makes it expensive."

"Well if I'm going to dive to the bottom of the sea so we can make hair products together and trust you to cut my hair I should probably know something about you or at least your name. You already know I'm Wes, a psychic, don't sleep, and what I have planned for the day." (edited)

"I'm Miles, a barber, and I'm cutting hair today. Nice to meet you Wes."

"Nice to meet you too Miles. If nothing else everyone sure seems more friendly and helpful now. I guess it's part of being all we've got, and depending on each other for survival." (edited)

"Most people here are friendly, we help others but also expect to be helped when we need. As you say, together we survive."

"Well I'm glad I to be here. I hope to help as much as I can. If I hadn't got that ping about Plainsford, I'd probably still be cowering in the academy ruins."

4:08 PM

"Any idea who I should talk to about a sub?"

"You could ask some people around the dock, they'd know who to talk to."

"Oh." Wes laughs, quickly stopping himself wary of messing up the cut. "Sorry about that, it's just how I came into the town was naked swimming up to the docks, everyone assumed I was drunk. Well at least they'll probably remember me." (edited)

"Ha! Well maybe with some clothes and this haircut they won't recognize you." Miles finishes your haircut. He did a skilled job and it looks fabulous.

"Miles you did a skilled job, and it looks fabulous, you are the only one I'll let cut my hair from now on. Sorry that I can't pay you, but I'll get you that seaweed. I can only imagine how good it would look with product."

"It will be tough to find an outfit to match, any idea where I should start looking?

"The seaweed will be my payment, don't worry about it. An outfit? Ernesto down the street does fine clothes, but you had best make some money before going to see him."

"Thanks, how much do you think I should save before going there, don't want to come up short."

"Oh at least 1000 credits, probably closer to 10,000. Again, when material shortage is an issue, fine things suffer for the sake of practicality."

Wes hangs and shakes his head. "Luxury is often the first casualty when civilization falls." "I don't suppose there's an abandoned textile factory or something I could find to help with the clothes is there?" (edited)

"I wish! Brizeno didn't really produce any of its own goods, everything was imported. If you went to the old city I'm sure somewhere there's some nice clothes left around, but otherwise it's up to us to bring civility and culture to our new home."

"If only everyone was as concerned with that as the two of us. Do you like martial arts movies? If I can convince someone to get my compad working I was thinking of trying to screen some of them. Do you know anyone who might fix it for labor? I think I know enough to be a passable assistant."

"Martial arts aren't really my style, but I'm sure some people would appreciate it. I'm no expert in tech but I'm sure there are people around town who could help. I heard they just got a com network up, maybe there's something there. Oh, right. Want to borrow mine just to look quickly?"

"Please, if you don't mind." Wes takes Miles' compad, thanks him and then looks for repair or workshops that could fix water damage and answer questions about cyber ware if possible. (edited)

Having had a few more days to get things set up, the network has much more on it now. You're able to find a tech/robotics workshop, though nothing is posted about cyberware.

"Well I think I found something for the compad at least, nothing about cyber ware though. Maybe they know something. Wish me luck, see you when I get my next cut Miles."

"See ya Wes! Let me know when you get that seaweed!"

"Don't worry, you'll be the first to know." Wes gives Miles back his compad, and waves goodbye. He leaves the barber with a spring in his step as he heads to the workshop. (edited)

The workshop is a busy mess, multiple assistants working on various machine parts, a few programming expert systems, and a old man sitting in the back watching the others with piercing eyes and a permanent frown.

Wes walks up to the old man. "Good Morning, it seems like I have the right place. I was looking for someone to help me fix my compad, you seem to have an abundance of assistants though. I was hoping to work to pay for the repairs, but maybe I could do something else?"

He scowls at you, peering over a large crooked nose, "What are you good at? My assistants are bloody useless, if you're any good it'd brighten my day to fire a couple of them. Fixing your compad should be easy, but I'm not some fool giving away things for free."

"Well, I only have a little experience fixing things, but I don't need to take breaks to sleep or eat, and don't have to worry about fumes or heat. I have medical training and was a counselor before. Any of that something you could use?" (edited)

"Immune to fumes and heat? You're one of them strange folk then? Counseling is fake, that's never helped anyone, but you could do unskilled work in dangerous places so at least you're not completely useless."

"Not completely useless is good. When I say counselor I mean making sure people aren't too loony to work. Don't want someone with a screw loose to be the one programming your robots do ya? Used to do that for the academy. Hopefully being able to sense powers being used wont stop you from working with me? I've been cleared if that makes you feel better."

"If someone's too looney to work I find someone else. Dont care about cleared or weird, just don't go messing with my head and we'll be fine. Now take this back in there." He hands you a small device. You're not sure what it does, but there's an obvious place where it should connect to something else. "Furnace is back there, that part was broken and I fixed it. Now you replace it. Go on."

"Ok." Wes goes in, looking between the old man and the part. Then tries to find where it goes in the furnace. (int/fix? Wasn't sure if it was more a notice or wis thing.) (edited)

(Fix/wis)

(3) "So this is a furnace?"

A blast of hot air hits you as you enter, it doesn't look like anything you'd think of as a furnace. Towering stacks of complex devices seem to be putting off an incredible heat. You look around and see no obvious place for the device.

"Where am I supposed to put this? Looks like it plugs into something, but I don't see anything on the outside." Wes' eyes go a little wide as he thinks about the implications of what he just said, and what might happen to his freshly cut hair.

(Notice/wis)

(where did the furnace go? 3 )

You really have no idea where this thing might go, and don't see any place that looks like it could fit.

"Could you tell me exactly where to put it please? I don't have to open up the furnace do I, does it even open? I've only really done maintenance for a tk generator and compad before. If you give me step by step instructions like I'm a slow child. I should be able to follow those, at least you wont burn yourself." (edited)

He grumbles at you and comes over, pointing at a socket that now seems incredibly obvious. "A new compad is 100 credits. Clearly you can't offer to work for my services."

"Sorry I guess it's completely useless after all. Maybe I could tote stuff, deliver it, or clean up there must be something you don't like having to do because it's dangerous or boring?"

"100 credits. If you don't have it, go work for someone else and come back. I've got plenty of idiots around here for that."

Wes looks down kind of dejected. "Do you have a loaner compad I could use? I was expecting a call about a job, and it's kind of hard to get with my compad being like that." (edited)

He scowls at you and returns to his work, ignoring your question.

Wes leaves the compad with the old man, scared to annoy him more asking anything else. He heads to the Showers hoping the interview goes better than his repair attempts. (edited)

The same man is attending the bathhouse, but a woman is there talking to him. Long brown hair with just the barest hint of gray frame a kind though serious face.

Wes approaches then addresses the woman confidence still a little shaken from the workshop. "Good Afternoon , my name is Wes, maybe George told you about me? I'm hoping you will give me a chance here as an attendant."

"Hello Wes. Yes, he was saying something about you not sleeping? That's rather strange, but I'm not one to judge. It's not a particularly difficult job, there are laundry machines to operate and you have to be pleasant to customers, otherwise the main difficulty is boredom."

"I think I can do that. There are instructions for things like how much soap to add right?"

"They're fairly standard if you've done laundry before. I can write some instructions for you if you believe they're needed."

"Better to have them than need them. Sorry, I just want to do the best job I can, and feel pretty useless after trying to fix a furnace at the workshop. You seem like a nicer boss than the old man running things there though." (edited)

"Well are you wanting to start tonight? I can get you instructions by then."

"Sure, Thank you. I'll try not to make you regret giving me this chance."

"Report back at sundown, I'll see you then."

Wes nods. "I will, thank you again, what should I call you?"

"I am Ms. Fisher. I've some important paperwork to finish, I'll see you at sundown." She walks off, entering a small office attached to the bathhouse.

"Thank you for talking me up George, I'll be back by sundown." Wes pumps the older man's hand and dashes off before his luck has a chance to turn again. He heads towards the docks, and the Guard compound. (edited)

(Docks or guards, they're in different places)

(sorry I wasn't sure, guard compound first.) (edited)

You find the military compound, neat organized buildings set up in blocks. Soldiers are walking around busy with various tasks. A few less busy men are sitting at a picnick table playing cards.

Wes approaches the soldiers playing cards. "Is this a friendly game or do you usually play for credits?"

"We play for chores, you want in? You may end up doing latrines for a week though."

"Too rich for my blood. Should probably see about signing up before latrine duty. Could you point me to someone, I was told unskilled recruit was ok, and I'm definitely unskilled."

"Sure right over there," They point out one of the buildings to be an admin building.

"Thank you, don't worry I'll probably let myself get suckered into latrine duty eventually." Wes heads to the building the soldiers pointed out.

You enter the building and see an open lobby with a front desk manned by a stern soldier, bald with heavy stubble dotting his chin.

Wes approaches the man at the desk. "Hello Sir, my name is Westley Milgram, I was recently cleared and wanted to look into the duties of a potential unskilled recruit."

"Well Milgram, we have a wide variety of needs. We'd need to know more about you for placement. Do you have any special skills?"

"People keep on calling me touched or something. I don't need to eat, sleep, breathe, don't get sick, and hostile environments don't bother me too much. I can see and hear powers if they're used around me 0 level meta rated. Besides that I worked as a counselor, and did very basic maintenance on a tk generator I used manually. I don't get bored too easy, was stuck in my office then hiding out in a ruined building in the academy for 3 years. I think that's about it. I was hoping I might have some time to myself to help with other jobs no one wants like graveyard shift at the showers, at least today. After the workshop was a bust thought I should have a backup to soldiering."

"Well a soldier who never tires is certainly useful. And your metapsi skills would be invaluable for hunting down ferals who get too close. If you don't want to work at the showers, night time patrol would be an excellent use of your skills, and you would have access to all of our resources and facilities."

"Hmm, do you have any submarines? and could you train me to pilot one?"

"We have a few submarines, even one amphibious vehicle. Training could be arranged if you were interested in that."

"I would be interested. I don't suppose you'd explain why I won't show up tonight to Ms. Fisher? I'd feel bad if I can't cover at least this shift since she gave me the job first."

"You could start tomorrow here if you want. No reason to not fulfill a promise."

"Thank you, I feel the same, in a community like this if your promise means nothing how can anyone trust you?"

"Fair enough. Report back here in the morning and we'll get you started."

"I will sir, what time? Should I come as soon as I'm ready when my shift is over? Morning is kind of relative when you don't sleep, and my compad is broken."

"We can requisition you a new compad when you register. As soon as your shift is over would be fine."

"I'll see you then sir."

He salutes you and goes back to some papers at his desk.

"Well I'd better go tell them it's a one night thing at the showers, the sooner the better." Wes says to himself before heading back to the showers to inform George and Ms. Fisher.

Evening is fast approaching as you arrive back at the bathhouse. George is currently sweeping, his shift about to end, Fisher is likely in her office.

Wes waves at George, then goes to the office and knocks on the door.

You hear Fisher call from inside. "Come in."

Wes walks in waving with a sheepish grin. "Hello Ms. Fisher. I thought I would come in early for my shift. I have some mixed news. I made sure I'd be able to work at least this shift, but the guard decided to give me a chance, so I probably won't be available at least for some time."

"Hmm well that's disappointing. Perhaps pursuing two jobs at the same time and accepting both is unwise. But if you must then that is fine."

"Thank you for understanding, maybe it was. I just didn't to be without work. Perhaps at least you'll see I'm capable of the job in case I can come back?"

"Perhaps. I value reliability greatly. Go ahead and relieve George. I'll be out shortly to head home."

Wes nods. "Yes, Ms. Fisher." He leaves the office and goes to find George.

George waves as you come up, "Hey there, ready for an exciting evening of mostly just sitting here?"

"Sure am! This might be a one time thing, sorry if that reflects badly on you for recommending me. If it's any consolation I'll probably be cleaning the latrines in the guard barracks instead."

"Well I'm sorry to hear that. Shouldn't reflect on me though, don't worry about that. Sitting here bored does beat cleaning latrines that's for sure. Any questions about tonight?"

"Be pleasant, get towels, wash and fold the laundry, anything you think I should know? Odd nighttime events or late showerers or something?"

"Nothing too odd usually. A few late night people come occasionally since we're the only one open overnight. Seems like you're pretty well set! Well, I'll leave you to it then. Good luck!"

"Thanks, see you tomorrow."

2:08 PM

Wes waves goodbye to George then makes sure there are a few towels ready, and stretches before sitting behind the front counter smiling.

The first part of the evening goes smoothly, a few regulars coming in and out, nodding to you but not requiring any assistance. It's nearing midnight by the time you see Ms. Fisher exit her office. "Any difficulties so far?"

"No, a few people came in, but that's it so far."

"Well hopefully it's quiet though the night. Someone will be along to relieve you in the morning."

"I'm sure I'll be fine until the morning. Is there anything else I could do maybe clean up around here or in your office? I've been told it gets pretty quiet."

"My office is clean, but cleaning elsewhere would be appreciated. There are supplies in the laundry room. If you need me there are comms in my office. Good luck."

"Thank you, I'll get started cleaning then, but try to keep an eye out for people that need help."

Fisher leaves, walking briskly away into the night. The streets are practically empty, patrols pass occasionally but otherwise the night seems to be yours.

Wes goes to the laundry room to get supplies to clean the showers.

(Notice/wis)

(8)

You walk into the laundry room to grab cleaning supplies and hear a faint clatter from the corner behind a washing machine.

"Hello? Does someone need help or a towel?" Wes looks for a mop or broom. Something he could use a weapon, but wouldn't appear threatening if it's just someone trying to work a laundry machine.

You hear some more scuffling but no one answers. The broom George was using is leaning against the wall.

Wes grabs the broom the hurries to where he heard the scuffling. "Hello?"

Behind the washer you find a large pile of dirty rags that are slightly shifting.

Wes readies the broom to poke at the pile of rags, trying to decide if it's big enough to be human.

"Ow!" It's not big enough to be an adult human.

"Didn't you hear me, are you alright? I thought you might have been a quill beast."

"Oy mate, do ya always go round smashing dirty ol rags?" A small grubby boy crawls out, holding his head.

"Only ones that move on their, own. How'd you get so dirty hiding in the showers anyway?"

"Whatsit to you? I'm minding my own business, how bout you do the same!"

"Well I do work here. Why you holed up in here anyway, aren't they giving away free apartments?"

"You think those're free? They make you for for them don't they? It's not like it's yours to keep innit. Stop workin an ya stop livin there ya hear? I ain't about to work for a system like that!"

"So you've been sleeping rough, and staying dirty? You know they don't keep tabs on the showers, and if you don't want to get rounded up you have to blend in."

"Hmph, livin on the streets ain't so bad. We survived out there didn't we? After that I ain't scared of nothin. Anyway, you won't tell nobody I was here right?"

"Probably not, or at least try to make sure the ones who regularly work here don't. You mind if I make you an offer though?"

He squints at you, distrusting. "What kinda offer?"

"Nothing like that! Don't let the shave and haircut fool you. I was living rough for 3 years, and not in the nice city with people and scraps. Look, I know it can be hard, you tell me where I can find others taking their chances like you so I can help them with food, clothes, medicine whatever they need, and you can come to me when you need a safe place to sleep or a quick meal without worrying about being forced into a job."

"I won't tell ya where others are livin, that's their business. We don't need help from bathhouse strangers, we make our own way. Now if you please I've got some stuff to do. I was never here remember?"

"I just got to town yesterday, and they're nicer than you. Why should I stick my neck out for you when you've only insulted me and told me off when I tried to help?"

"Fair's fair old man. Tell whoever ya want whatever ya want. I won't be coming back round this place no more." The boy brushes past you. (Notice/wis)

(8 little bugger he's trying to swipe something isn't he?)

(He rolled 8+1 so you don't know) He walks out the door and disappears around a corner.

Wes sighs then shrugs and picks up the dirty rags going back to cleaning.

You clean the showers thoroughly, which helps pass the time. You only have one or two more hours left on your shift.

Wes waits at the front desk, thinking about the people he's met in his short time in the city, he smiles at the thoughts of impressing Ms. Fischer, or the guard from Miles' barber shop, and his movie date with Beth. After thinking a while he reaches under the desk to get the journal out of his messenger bag. (edited)

You bring out your journal, but going through your bag you notice your broken compad is missing.

Wes panicks for a second then thinks, I must have left it at the repair shop? and recoils at the thought of confronting the old man.

(He gave it back to you, he wouldnt fix it)

1

No that's not right. He almost threw it at me when I couldn't fix the generator or whatever it was. Had it when I left Miles'. Crap! That kid must have swiped it when he came by here. Wes checks his bag and pockets to see if other things are missing. (edited)

10:26 AM

(Basically everything was in the bag except his other clothes, and the appt keys in his pocket.)

You don't notice anything else missing.

"Well it's broken so I probably can't find him that way. I hope he didn't just throw it away when it didn't work. Maybe the guards have a tech guy or something? I'm gonna have to clean so many latrines."

10:36 AM

Wes writes a cathartic angry rant about the kid in his journal while he waits for his shift to end.

Just before your shift ends, an elderly woman approaches, "Hello dear, are the baths open?"

Wes smiles at the elderly woman happy for a change of pace."Yes mam, do you need a towel, laundry done or help with something else?"

"Yes some laundry would be nice, thank you dear. You know, you remind me of my late husband back when we were youngsters first dating."

Wes laughs. "You're welcome, and Thank you, you don't know how much hearing you say that turns my day around. If you need anything else, please just ask. I'm Wes by the way."

"Lovely to meet you Wes, I'm Nora. Husband passed during the scream and my son lives in New Astria, so it's just nice to have someone to talk to."

"The pleasure is mine Nora. Well, I won't be working here after today, but I live in the apartments nearby so I'll be around, if you ever need someone to talk to please feel free to visit."

1:08 PM

"Maybe you'll be able to talk to your son more often or even visit him when that compad network and rail line get put in."

"Well I may take you up on that! You've been most kind Wes, thank you." She hands you a small bag of laundry and heads into the showers.

Wes waves at her after making sure she has a towel then starts dividing the laundry by material and color making sure to check the machine and add the right amount of soap and fabric softener as per the instructions left by Miss Fisher. (edited)

After he finishes loading the clothes, and starts the machine Wes goes back to the desk to wait while it washes. (I wasn't sure if I should jump ahead or how far it's like an hour and a half to wash and dry clothes without folding,and only 30 min maybe to take a shower right? I thought he would finish washing, drying folding at least her things maybe talk to her while they wait or bring them to her or offer before he left.)

She takes her time in the bathhouse and comes out after about an hour, around the same time her laundry is done. "Thank you dear, I find I don't sleep much these days so it's good that places like this are open overnight."

"I have the same problem, that's sort of how I got the idea of working here. Might as well do something helpful if I'm awake anyway."

She smiles at you, "Well good luck with that dear, I'm sure I'll see you around town. I've got a little bakery a ways down the street, stop by sometime and I'll give you a pastry on the house."

"I look forward to it. I'll make it the first stop once they let me out on patrol."

"Alright now, see you later!" Nora takes her laundry and heads back down the street. The first rays of sunlight begin to illuminate the horizon.

Wes smiles. "Well, got through another day hopefully training goes well." Before his replacement comes Wes decides to use the office coms to message his old pad in case the kid manages to fix it.

5:18 PM

Hey kid, don't know if you hawked or trashed this thing already, but sorry for snapping at you. Don't worry about me coming after it I'll be getting a new one when I join the guard. Enjoy the movies -crazy old bath man.

After sending the message Wes goes back to the desk to wait for Ms. Fisher.

Fisher comes by a few minutes later, your replacement attendant at her heels. "Well, how did it go?"

"Pretty well overall, only one person came in. Nice woman , Nora from the bakery down the street. I think I did an ok job cleaning up. Found someone in the laundry room, gave them my compad, but I don't think they'll be back. Felt a little bad for them sleeping in a pile of dirty rags. I sent them a message on the office comms, I hope that's all right."

"Someone sleeping in the laundry room? Hmm we'll want to make sure that doesn't happen again. Nora's a regular here, I'm glad the two of you got along."

"I can't imagine someone not getting along with her, and everyone working at the showers has been nice as well. Thank you again for giving me a chance Ms. Fisher. I'll make sure to stop by on patrols."

"Come back if the soldier life isn't what you desire. Here's what we owe for thr night's work." (1000 credits 3xp)

"I will, and don't worry I'll be back to use the showers if nothing else." After saying goodbye to Ms. Fisher Wes heads to the guard barracks.

(Level up pretty simple 3 skill points to take exert from-1 to 1, and hp went from 17 to 24.)

The military compound is much the same as you saw last. Soldiers hurry off to various duties, the previous night's guards heading to the barracks to sleep.

Wes heads back to the building where he met the recruiter to be processed.

You enter the admin building and find the same desk, though someone different is manning it currently.

"Good morning, my name is Westley Milgram, I was told by the gentleman behind the desk yesterday to report in for processing when I finished my shift."

8:32 PM

(missed it before ac went up from 17 to 18)

"Westley Milgram," He pulls up your file on his compad, "I see you're already in the system. Psychic eh? That could come in handy if we need to fight off some ferals. Any preferences on placement?"

"Wherever you think I'd be most useful, maybe with an eventual rotation into pilot training or submersible pilot training, I'm not sure how that's broken up?"

"We're generally lacking in vehicles currently, though I heard there's a good ship builder in New Astria working on more. There's a submersible currently in the shop for repairs, you may be able to help them out with that or just have a little patience and it'll get fixed."

"I can wait, probably best I get some basic training first while the rail line gets finished."

"We can get you started on that, sign here to complete your enrollment and we'll get you settled."

Wes signs and smiles at the recruiter.

"Alright, do you have everything with you? You'll be living out of the barracks at least to start."

"I believe so, don't think I'll need fancy evening wear for training."

"That's true. Alright then follow me." He heads towards the door and motions for you to follow.

Wes follows him through the door.

He leads you over to the barracks where you saw last night's guards entering earlier. They aren't asleep yet, but seem to be getting ready to do so. "This is where you'll be staying, though I guess you won't be spending much time here if you dont sleep."

"I guess not, they said something about night patrol last time I was here?"

"These folks here work the night patrol, you can join them at night and have the days to yourself."

"Sounds good, I'll probably try to do something constructive, or training. I don't want to get out on patrol just to realize I've never shot a gun before."

"We've got some shooting ranges as well as a VR training program if you're interested."

"That seems interesting, probably less chance of an accident with the vr, maybe I should start there before going to a real gun?"

"Alright well I'll go get that set up for you. Any specific scenarios you prefer?"

"I guess something like the patrols would make the most.... Wait, anything?"

"Something more complex would take longer to program, but we have some skilled people who can manage most things."

Wes thinks for a minute, then nods. "So have you ever seen those old martial arts or action movies?"

"I've seen a few of those. We can work something out for you if you wish."

"Yes!" Wes exlaims before trying to reign himself in. "I mean yes please sir it would be something that I would be interested in if it could be done, please."

"Alright, give us some time to get it set up. Feel free to explore the compound or the city a bit, meet me back here in a few hours."

"Thank you sir, I'll have a look around and be back in a few hours. Do you know I could get set up with a compad?"

"Sure, IT is in the admin building."

"Alright, I'll stop there first, maybe make friends with some of the programmers."

He leaves to go get the VR training ready. A few of the night guards are snoring in their beds.

Wes heads to the it part of the admin building trying not to wake anyone as he passes through the barracks.

The IT room has a few people in it working on dataslabs and other bits of tech. It's hard to tell if they're actually doing anything or just keeping busy.

"Hello, so anyone like old movies?"

A couple of them look up, and one approaches, "How old are we talking?"

"Pretty old, but the classics age well."

"I mean I guess there was some good newer stuff like Bull: conker of sharks but for the best martial arts and action you have to go back pretty far. I might be a little biased, since I was literally locked in a room with them for a while."

"Yeah that stuff's pretty old, I doubt many have seen those. Anyway, what can we help you with today?"

"I needed to get setup with a new compad, at least that was the main thing just checking if someone would help me program some interesting vr training."

(The other guy is already getting that set up)

(just thought I would check. since I was in the IT room anyway plus trying to find.people for the movie night maybe?)

"VR has its own guys running it, but getting a compad set up should be easy."

"What about tracing a broken one?"

"Depends how broken I guess, was it connected to the network?"

"I got a ping from plainsford, and used it for the map, but I'm not sure when it died, I had to swim part of the way here. Sorry, my technical knowledge isn't too great."

"Well if it gets turned on again we'd be able to find it. Otherwise I dont think there's anything we can do."

"I'll give you the information, just in case it pops up. Might give me a lead on something else."

"Of course, we'll let you know if we find it." He opens a drawer and pulls out a new compad. "Here this is for you, it's probably in better shape than your old one anyway."

"Probably, thanks. That one just had some old movies on it, and I wanted to see if I could help the poor kid that took it. He and some of his friends were living on the streets."

"Oh one of them? You'll probably run into them on your patrols, little gang of kids causing all sorts of trouble. Nothing serious yet though. We find it and we'll be able to transfer the movies back to you."

That's good news, just seemed a little sad, kids on thier own and jaded so young when there are people willing to help."

"You're free to try to help them, not sure they want it though. Spend too long surviving in the wilderness and the wild gets inside em or something."

"You're probably right, but collecting lost causes and impossible tasks is sort of my thing. Plus everyone should have at least one person in their corner whether they think they need one or not."

"That's fair. Alright, well I think you should be good to go! Call us up if your new compad has any issues. Good luck with your training!"

"Thanks, I'm sure I'll need your help with more interesting gadgets soon enough. Do you know if night patrol uses night vision goggles?"

"Street lights keep the place fairly well lit, pistols and flashlights for the darker places. You're free to get some goggles, but I dont think the standard solider uses them."

"I'll keep that in mind, thank you again for the compad. Is there a gym or hand to hand combat training room? This is my first time touring the base."

"Yeah there's a gym. Are you interested in hand to hand combat? I think there are some punching bags, that sort of thing. I'm sure some soldiers would spar with you if you wanted."

"Might be fun, probably get my butt kicked. Better in training than on patrol though."

"Perhaps the VR training first, it should have programs for hand to hand, melee, or shooting depending on what you want."

"Perhaps, thanks for the advice." Wes goes to check out the gym.

The gym is a large facility with pretty much anything you would want. Various machines and weights line the walls, you hear some gunfire from the shooting range just outside. In one corner is a boxing ring, currently empty, a few pinching bags next to it.

Wes likes the idea of sparring in the boxing ring, but decides to come back later once more people are working out and he's had a chance to meet the other soldiers on night patrol. Still having a few hours to kill Wes decides to go see if Nora needs any help at the Bakery.

You find her bakery down the street from the baths. It's a quaint little shop with pastries and cakes on display. Nora is behind the counter, finishing the icing on a cake.

Wes knocks lightly on the door, then smiles and waves at Nora.

"Hello there Wes, come on in!" She finishes the icing, then reaches behind the counter and pulls out a warm flakey pie. "Here, this is for you!"

Wes walks in and takes the pie. "Thank you, hello Nora I had a few hours free so I thought I would come by. Usually I don't eat, but for this I'll make an exception." Wes takes a bite of the pie.

The pie is absolutely delicious, the first thing you've eaten in nearly three years. "Oh well thank you for stopping by dear! Is your day going well?"

"Pretty well so far, I got a new compad, met some more nice soldiers, I might even get to be in a vr version of the movies I like for training, so far it's almost too, good to be true on top of it all, this pie is delicious, best thing I've eaten in years. Wes eats the pie with quick, but small bites trying to savor it.

"VR movie training? You kids do the oddest things these days. One of my sons fought in the war, but his training was quite different. I suppose it was a different world back then though. It was an easier life, for sure. But I'm not sure it was a better one. Sometimes I think humanity needs to reset a little to make room to grow."

"Maybe we don't have every luxury we did then, but people seem a lot more friendly."

"There's a certain kinship that can only be gained through extreme hardship. My late husband was actually quite the wealthy merchant back in the day, so I was accustom to a certain lifestyle. I don't mind the lack of luxury though."

"There are a few things I miss, but it's nice enough not to be on my own, and I haven't had to worry about the scarcity as much as others. Working toward survival is important, but so is knowing when to let yourself relax, don't want to get wound too tight."

"You know, that's the same thing I tell my son. He works too hard and never visits!"

"Good advice, transportation is one of the things I think is still being reestablished. It's one of the reasons I want to get pilot training."

"Well if you're wanting to fly you should go to New Astria. We've got fishing boats and a few gravcars and the like, but haven't built an airstrip yet."

"Maybe, but there are subs here, and the guard control the airstrips there I think. I can wait until I have a safer faster way to get there. Traveling that far on foot isn't something I'd want to do again soon if I have the choice."

"Fair enough dear, fair enough. The train should be done before too much longer anyways. Is there anything else you'd like to eat? Or drink?"

"Thank you for offering, but I think this pie and your company are enough for now, is there anything you need help with?"

"Oh nothing in particular right now, do you know how to bake?"

"Nothing like what you can do, but I'm supposed to have the days to myself eventually, maybe I could learn? and help you out some?"

"Come on back and wash your hands, let me show you a couple things!"

Wes nods then goes to wash his hands. He returns smiling and ready to learn from Nora.

11:20 AM

"You might have to be patient with me, I know less about baking than the little I know of repair work, and that went pretty badly."

"Well we'll start easy now, won't we? How about some nice rolls?"

11:36 AM

(Let's do work/wis +2 for her helping you)

"That doesn't sound too bad, I'll do my best."

11:39 AM

(11, it messed up a little, I forgot you weren't supposed to put the + in modifiers for roll 20 luckily you can still see the dice if you hover over.)

11:41 AM

((3+6)-1+2+1=11)

Nora is a good and patient teacher, and you follow her directions well. With her help you manage to make some delicious rolls. Just after you finish, your compad alerts you that the VR training is ready for you.

"Thank you for letting me bake with you Nora. I should probably start getting cleaned up if I'm going to get back in time for training though. Would it be ok if I came back more regularly? You're a great teacher you make baking fun, and I still have a lot to learn."

(sorry if I'm slower responding or rolling, heading out to the gym.)

"Oh sure dear, come by any time you want!"

"Thank you, I'll stop in when I can." Wes takes of his apron and washes up then waves goodbye to Nora before heading back to the base for vr training.

You're led to a building with multiple VR hookups. IVs and feeding tubes are set up nearby for special training scenarios that take a long time. Yours is only expected to be a couple hours.

Wes looks for the officer, eager to start his training.

The officer is there, finishing up something on a computer.

Wes approaches, but waits quietly not wanting to distract him.

He finishes and turns around, "Ah, hello! Ready for some virtual training?"

"Hello, yes, thank you again for programming this for me."

5:55 PM

"Sir? Sorry, you've set me up with all this, and I don't know your name."

"I'm Dave, and it's no problem! Honestly it was more fun than the work thru usually give me. You like action right? Do you want gun, melee, or hand to hand training first?"

"Thank you then Dave, maybe if it goes well you can join me sometime. Hand to hand I think, maybe better to start with something at least somewhat more familiar. Just so I'm ready does this vr stuff hurt like getting punched for real?"

"It hurts alright, nothing trains better than pain! Won't kill you though, don't worry about that."

"Well should be fun, so I just hop into one of these pods?"

"Yeah, here I'll help you get set up." Dave helps you get hooked up to the VR station. 'Are you ready?"

"Ready as I'll ever be." Wes braces himself inside the pod. (edited)

You're in the middle of a street, rain pouring around you. A long dark trench coat billows behind you in the wind and everything's tinted just slightly green. A man stands in front of you wearing a dark suit and sunglasses, sinister smile on his face.

Wes runs to him then tries to punch the smile off the man's face.

(Unarmed/str dex?)

(Unarmed attack, you can choose dex or str. Damage is 1d2)

(5/3)

The man ducks beneath the punch, attempting to counter with an uppercut. (1/2)

Wes blocks with his right arm and tries to use the momentum to connect with a hammerfist to the man's face (4/3)

He blocks with crossed arms, but the impact knocks him back a few feet. He flies at you with a jumping kick. (19/1)

A little too slow blocking the man's foot it connects with his face. Wes tries to grab it and slam him to the ground. (would be an unarmed attack or the move another person maneuver?) (edited)

(Just an attack unless you're not wanting to do damage. Have to land a punch attack either way)

( I'll go with attack, just thought I would use the training to ask stuff like that. 10/3)

You slam the man into the ground, his head exploding into a fountain of blood and brain. Out of a nearby building walk two more men, exactly the same as the first. They see you and start to run over.

Wes throws the remains of the first one at them. (It's exert for thrown right, sorry to slow down the awesome fight, but im heading out for a little bit, ill try to keep rolling at the same speed, or maybe you can roll for me that's a thing right? I don't want to distract from the adventures of Grupp Pigbeard though.)

(Let's make it a ranged attack, just roll a d20)

1

(2)

The body hits the ground, smearing blood as it slides. The men leap over it and flank you, each throwing a punch. (Both missed) (edited)

Wes goes full defensive just enjoying blocking and trading blows with them while waiting for an opening. (I forget if it's +1 or +2 a.c. I think?)

They launch a flurry of blows at you from both sides, the onslaught too much for your defenses and a solid hit slips through. (19/4)

(I wanted to get back to check books first, and let you know I'll go with your calls but figured I'd ask since I might be out longer than I thought, and wanted to make sure I was doing it right if I tried it again. How does defensive work, and is my ac different in the vr trainer? 18 + 1 or whatever defensive gives would be 19 for a miss right?)

(Forgot your AC was that high, it's meet or beat though, a 19 would hit. I'll double check rules for defensive stance though)

(Thanks, I felt weird asking, but thought it would be ok since it was more to clarify for me than correct you. You've been really awesome and I want to avoid stuff that seems too rules lawyer like.)

(It's always fine to question, I'm not flawless)

(Flawless, or at least closer than I am. Just know I'm not trying to call you out, or game stuff when I ask things, I get paranoid about tone conveyed through text. If I dont update hp damage it's because it's sometimes finicky to do on phone, but I know I've taken 5 total.)

1:51 PM

(Haha did it, that new window thing really helps.)

1:53 PM

Realising staying on the defensive isnt working Wes goes for an open palm strike to one's chest.

1:55 PM

(15/3)

The strike sends the man flying backwards, tumbling into a wall and blasting through it. The remaining man tries to retaliate, but misses. You hear a thundering crash coming from a nearby building.

Wes tries for a rising knee at the last opponent's jaw hoping to get rid of him, and maybe push off him afterward as a spring board to start moving towards the noise.

2:23 PM

(21/2 I think it's a crit but hard to check on phone.)

You hit the jaw and his head flies off in a spray of pink mist. You head towards the building just as it explodes out towards you. (Evasion save)

Wes is too busy thinking about the cool move he just pulled off to remember you walk away from explosions, and starts dodging too late. (fail 9vs 12) (edited)

(8 damage)

2:46 PM

A hulking giant, 4m tall steps out of the rubble. He punches his huge meaty fists together then spreads his arms out, inviting you to hit him.

Realizing he probably won't be able to to hit him in the head that high up Wes starts running hoping to build up enough speed for a drop kick to his sensitive bits.

2:55 PM

(4/2)

Your foot connects and a loud gong-like sound rings as your foot hits a metal cup, your leg going numb with the impact. He swings down at you with both fists. (19/6)

Westley coughs as he's slammed into the ground. "Damn you're big." He reaches around for a chunk of asphalt to throw at the giant.

3:46 PM

(just roll a d20 again?)

(Yeah)

1

(7)

The chunk you find is hardly a pebble and bounces off his chest. He grins down at you and tries to step on you. (Miss)

Wes grabs onto his foot and pulls himself up then tries to start climbing him.

(Exert/str)

(6)

The giant shakes you off and you fall to the ground.

Not having much luck Wes decides to change up tactics, and after getting up this time darts away from the giant towards a more intact building.

You get inside a building just as a large rock hits the outside wall.

Wes looks around for somewhere to hide so he can try to ambush the giant if he comes in after throwing the rock.

The room is somewhat sparse, a bed and dresser are the only furniture. There is a closet that you could try to hide in.

5:47 PM

(Sneak/dex if you're trying to hide)

Wes tries to hide in the closet hoping he can jump out at the giant as he gets close. (8)

(8-1 for him) The giant peers into the room but doesn't seem to notice you.

Wes tries to throw a hanger by the bed to draw the giant in. (14)

The hangar bonks the giant in between the eyes and he steps back in confusion before bashing in the wall to get in. (Evasion)

(failure 7vs12)

5:58 PM

(I meant at the bed I think, sorry ambiguous wording on my part.) (edited)

(Gotcha. Wouldn't have needed to roll for that, that's what confused me) (1 damage)

(sorry, with how low I've been rolling on the throws I wasn't sure lol.)

6:04 PM

Wes readies himself to attack the giant when he gets close.

The giant enters the room, looking around for you.

Wes will wait until he shows his back looking under the bed or something that distracts him. (edited)

Remembering how long he waited for the ferals to clear trapped in the academy before trying to escape Wes tries to psych himself up then rushes out hoping to catch the giant unaware and hit him in the Kneecap.

6:41 PM

(10/3)

The blow impacts on the giant's knee, blowing the lower half of the leg clean off in a rush of blood. The giant flails wildly but is unable to land a hit. It loses its balance and starts to fall. (Evasion)

(success! 13vs 12 that would have been an embarrassing way to die.) (edited)

You jump out of the way just in time for the giant to thud to the ground, still alive but mostly immobile.

Wes starts to go for a kick then remembers the metal cup, and goes to get a drawer out of the dresser.

(1d4 damage for that)

(Do I still need to roll to hit or to avoid him or something, I was going to try to smash his head with it since other parts on him are armored. It would be stab for improvised weapon drawer right?)

(Yeah just a stab attack)

8:19 PM

(+2 since he's prone)

(Roll incoming) Wes takes the drawer and goes to the giant's head, in the hopes that smashing it will put him down for good.

8:22 PM

(21/3 not a crit)

The giant's is splattered to paste, drawer shards sticking out of the mush. Dave's voice sounds in your ear, "Good job! We can keep it going here if you want or you could try ranged or melee combat. Really just whatever you want."

"Do you know if I could try piloting? Starting here first if I can seems like a good idea."

"That's not one of the one I programmed, but I could get it set up no problem. You thinking big ships or fighters?"

"Fighters or single pilot craft to start, something like what might be available. Don't want to start too complicated." (edited)

"If you don't have anything programmed though we could leave it until next time. I don't want to take advantage, and I feel psyched for whatever you have set up after that."

Your vision darkens for a moment, then you're flying through an asteroid field, fighters and other smaller ships blasting each other, though the asteroids end just as many as the fighters. Four enemy fighters and a free merchant are ahead of you, three friendly fighters at your tail.

Wes turns on his comms and addresses the rest of the squad. "Alright you heard the order, we shoot down the escort and disable the free merchant. Don't do anything stupid, they shouldn't be able to detect us in these asteroids. Once we get through the field engage the fighters then turn on the merchant. For the Empire!" Wes moves his ship forward to the edge of the asteroids so he and his team can engage.

Your team follows suit, lining up behind you.

11:21 AM

(Reaper battery weapons, 3d4 damage)

"Squad pick your fighters and engage, take out this rebel scum before the merchant knows what's going on." Wes flies towards the closest fighter and fires his battery. (dex/shoot?)

(Yep)

(so a -4 to hit a fighter?)

(Just a d20, it's +4 to hit normally)

(19/4)

You hit one of the fighter's wings and it spins off into a nearby asteroid, exploding.

"Escort target eliminated, do any of you need help or should I move on to the merchant?"

Two of your allies shots hit true, blowing up their fighters. The remaining enemy and the free merchant return fire but both shots go wide.

11:34 AM

(Pilot/dex)

(10)

(Everyone passed) All the ships nimbly dodge incoming asteroids as they maneuver to fire again.

"You two disable that merchant, I'll help the rookie with the last fighter." Wes fires his battery at the remaining fighter.

11:39 AM

(15/7)

The fighter dodges and the blast hits an asteroid. (You can roll for your other 3)

(Ok, fighter, then the two on the merchant, now those get a -4 for trying to disable systems right?)

12:06 PM

(19/8 for rook's shot on the fighter)

(Yes -4 so another straight roll for those)

(gotcha because it's not a fighter. 14/7 and 9/7 to disable the free merchant engines.)

The free merchant engines sputter and cut off under the fighter's fire.

1:58 PM

The fighter explodes as well as the blast connects. The free merchant fires its flak at you. (22/7)

1:58 PM

(Pilot/dex again)

1:59 PM

(Roll for the other fighters too at +1)

(11 for me, forgot it's 2d6 +1 not d20 rook first then other two incoming.)

2:03 PM

(11 rook, 6 vet 1, 11 vet 2)

One of your fighters is smashed between two asteroids, everyone else makes it clear.

"Damn, and he was just one mission from retirement. Wes sighs. Well, we have to complete the mission now, seperate then go in for boarding, their flak can't catch all of us, and I want to greet these bastards personally before handing them over, we owe it to sigma 1." (edited)

(You don't have boarding tubes or anything)

(Can't you dock air locks or something? Wes has a plan if that doesn't make sense, but learning is part of the training right?)

(Not forcibly, if they surrendered you could)

(Speaking of my other plan.) Wes opens comms with the free merchant. "Rebel vessel this is Flight Captain Westley Milgram. Surrender, and prepare to be boarded. Before you think of trying anything stupid there are a squadrons weapons ready to fire on you, and we know your engines are disabled. If you comply you will be left alive and your ship repaired, I can not promise this if you decide to open fire."

In answer the ship returns fire. (19/4)

(How many hitpoints do fighters have?)

(Only 8, but 5 armor. Forgot to roll twice for flak, 6 damage so only 1 after armor)

"Alright men, disable their weapons, we'll see if they're more cooperative then."

(Sorry about that, I was in the middle of a game then had to explain something about the alarm and help my parents get stuff out of their cars. 3d 20s right?)

(Yep)

(Wes 9/8 Rook12/8 Vet2 17/5)

The last hit disables the flak weapons.

7:48 PM

A multifocal laser fires at you (16/3 AP20)

7:48 PM

(I think you have 2hp left)

(I thought 4, you said the flak did 6-5 for 1 out of 8 so at 7 then -3 for 4 right?)

7:51 PM

(there was another flak for 7 I missed maybe? so you're right 2?)

2

7:55 PM

Wes looks over the gear on his fighter. And takes a quick look to see how many weapons the free merchant has. (not sure if there are any fittings I could try something with? or how many weapons I'd need to disable?)

(That's the last weapon, there were two)

"It's been an honor serving with you. If I don't make it, disable that laser, and secure the ship." Wes and his squad fire to disable the remaining weapon. A heavy silence as they know if it's not done soon, he probably won't live to see the mission completed.

8:35 PM

(Wes 7/11 Rook2/8 New flight captain 9/8)

The merchant fires again, missing. The engines fire up for a second, then off again. They seem to be trying to fix them. (Pilot/dex)

(Wes 2, Rook 3, Vet2 8)

An asteroid collides with your ship, knocking you and the rookie off into a larger asteroid where you're smashed to smithereens. Your vision darkens and you hear Dave in your ear, "Almost got him, nice try there! We've got shooting and melee left if you're still interested."

"Sure, can't leave it at a tie."

"Which one do you want?"

"Lets go with melee, save guns for last." (edited)

You're in a room lined with weapons. The coppery smell of blood is so thick you can taste it and the roaring of the crowds outside the gate is deafening. Swords, axes, mauls, shields, whatever weapons you could want are there to choose from. (edited)

Westimus takes in the weapons then decides to don a pair of cestus then grab a large two handed maul. The people deserve a show.

The gate opens and the crowd's cheers escalate.

Westimus holds up his Maul and plays to the crowd a little before looking to his opponent.

You have four opponents, this first round seems to be a free for all. One is using a sword and shield, another a trident and a net. A large man is using a massive greatsword and a small wick one with dual axes.

Westimus tries to look them over and see if any seem trustworthy or are teaming up informally. (edited)

It's too early to tell if anyone is making teams, but no one seems trustworthy. The fight is to the death.

Westimus tries to engage with the one using sword and shield, before someone else does once the match is started.

(Initiative)

(9)

(You first then them) The crowd calms slightly, the quiet before the storm. A large brass gong sounds, and the fighters burst into action.

(I would be back up to full health right?) Westicus hopes to make a grand display early and goes for a big flashy overhead swing at the one with the shield and sword with his Maul.

3:31 PM

(7/4)

He takes the blow on his shield before countering. (16/6)

The trident and short sword fighters gang up on the greatsword, each wounding him though not fatally.

Wes takes another swing with his maul this time trying to hit the legs of the man with the shield.

5:13 PM

(17/6)

His legs ragdoll out from under him, clearly broken. He drops the shield and tries to swing at you but misses, falling to the ground prone.

5:25 PM

The other two finish off the greatsword fighter and eye each other warily before turning towards you.

Westimus looks at the other two to see if the one still has his net. (edited)

(He does)

Westimus turns back to the gladiator on the ground, and brings his maul down again to finish him. (edited)

5:37 PM

(7/7 3 shock if less than or equal to 15 ac)

You cave in his chest with a sickening crunch, blood and gore spraying and coating you like grisly warpaint.

Westimus drops his maul and picks up the sword. (edited)

The other two close in around you, each striking out but you deftly dodge the blows.

Thinking him the easier target, Westimus swipes at the man with the trident. (edited)

5:46 PM

(2/8 shock 3 13 ac)

He dodges and seems unfazed by the attack. They both strike out again but you keep dodging expertly and they miss.

Wes chops at him again this time aiming for the arm holding the net.

8:15 PM

(5/6 shock 3/13ac)

He feints with the trident, giving the short swords time to get a strike in from behind. (22/8)

8:36 PM

(23/8 actually. Has +6 to attack, -1 and +2 to damage for dual wielding)

(I went back to full health before this simulation started right?)

(Yeah)

1

(Is the shield close enough to Wes to pick it up as his move and still attack this turn?)

8:46 PM

(also what is the terrain in the arena like?)

(Ground is bloodstained sand, you could move to the shield this turn then pick it up next)

Thinking the shield too far Wes bends down to pick up a handful of bloody sand, and throw it into the trident wielder's face.

He deftly dodges the thrown sand and retaliates with his trident (23/6) as a short sword also clips you from behind. (24/1)

Desperate Wes eyes the shield again then sighs and drops his sword before going in for a punch with his cestus. "Damn Retiarius, you will bleed."

9:39 PM

(17/4)

The trident fighter falls heavily to the ground, face smashed in. Dual short swords lash out but you're ready for them now and dodge, no longer flanked.

Wes throws out a cross after dodging the swords, eager to end this before he gets cut again.

9:58 PM

(7/3 shock 2/15)

He blocks the punch, but is starting to get a bit winded.

10:03 PM

He chops at you with both blades. (25/4)

Wes throws a big uppercut, still trying to end the fight quickly.

10:09 PM

(19/4)

The blow connects and the fighter staggers, but stays upright. He's swaying unsteadily and swings with his last bit of energy. (25/5)

"That's what I get for underestimating the little one." Westimus goes down to the man's desperate swings his last thoughts the smell of the rolls he baked earlier that day with Nora.

The dual swordsman falls beside you, succumbing to his wounds with a sad smile on his face. Your vision fades once again. "That was awesome, you did great for not having real training. Ready for the last one?"

"Definitely, that was awesome! I need to go get some kinesis wraps after that, remind me to get you to program my trainings from now on."

You're in a dirty alley, you hear gunfire and explosions all around you. There's a pistol in your hand and a rocket launcher on your back. A troop of soldiers runs by the alley and you can hear a vehicle of some sort coming.

Wes steps to the edge of the alley then takes a second to look at his uniform and those of the troops running by and the vehicle to see which side he's on.

(Might not post for a bit heading to a movie in about an hour.)

(You're good, Sundays are busy for me)

3:10 PM

The troops that ran past do not match your uniform. The vehicle is getting louder but not yet in sight.

3:10 PM

(Notice/wis)

(3)

You see a flash from a nearby tower just as you're thrown back by a sniper round to your shoulder. (18/5)

Wes clutches his shoulder then looks to see how far away the tower is.

The tower is about 300m away. Now that you know to look for it, you see a slight flash of light off the sniper's sight. It looks to be lining up another shot.

"Damn." Wes ducks back into the alley and holsters his pistol.

(I've never really been sure how readied/stowed works with stuff like that would they both be readied or the pistol still be readied but the hand free to use with the launcher next turn, since he can have 7 enc readied? the launcher on his back being stowed makes sense to me but I thought I would ask for future reference .) (edited)

(Switching weapons would take a turn, but you could shoot pistol->holster one turn then grab launcher->shoot the next. For a quick switch you could just drop the pistol and grab the launcher same turn)

(so I could have the launcher out this turn but not shoot it? or is it because putting away or taking out readied would be part of the shoot action? also do i have any ammo besides the rocket in the launcher and the bullets in the gun?)

(You have ammo with you. You're back in the alley so you can take as much time as you need, they cant see/shoot you there)

(not directily, but I didn't want to dawdle while what I think is a tank rolls up.) Wes switches to the launcher and gets ready to pop out and fire at the tower.

6:10 PM

He makes sure to brace it with the shoulder that didn't get shot.

(just shoot dex? and should I roll initiative this time? or does he just shoot first then initiative since he's been lining it up?)

(You can just shoot)

1

(9/18)

The rocket hits the tower, rocks and rubble flying from the explosion as the room the sniper was in collapses.

Wes retreats to the alley again to reload.

The rumbling of the vehicle gets louder, it seems to be getting close.

Wes pops out again ready to shoot at the vehicle if it's not on his side.

You find a gravtank approaching, the driver waving to you as you appear.

Wes waves back and lowers the rocket launcher, then turns towards the direction where the enemy troops retreated to.

A broad street flanked by low buildings leads towards a defensive stronghold with tall walls and a barred gate. Enemy soldiers swarm the tops of the wall, preparing the defenses.

Wes watches to see if they set up gun emplacements or snipers, something capable of disabling or destroying the grav tank and worthy of a rocket, while he waits for the driver to get close enough to pick him up.

They seem to be setting up a hydra array on the wall to combat the tank.

Wes gauges the distance then tries to shoot a rocket at them before they finish setting it up. (it's within the 2000 meter first range right?)

(Yeah you're in range, you can shoot)

(17/21)

The array is blown to pieces and the soliders manning it are thrown from the wall. The wall itself seems hardened and is undamaged.

Wes checks to see if he has any rockets left to reload. (edited)

You check your reserves, finding one last rocket. The tank pulls up beside you, "Hey, need a lift?"

"Sure thanks, you can probably get through that gate better than I can, and I only got one rocket left."

Wes hops into the tank, and talks to the driver while he loads his last rocket. "So, just us taking that fort?" (edited)

"We've got support incoming, our job is to breach the wall for them so they can take it. Wanna jump on the guns here?"

"Sounds like a plan, the wall was resistant to rockets, but a tank should be able to take it down pretty quick."

10:31 AM

Wes moves to the gunners seat and start's aiming the targeting systems at the wall. (Gravtank means I can shoot all it's weapons right?)

(Yes. Two wheatcutter belts and a vortex cannon)

1

Wes aims the vortex cannon at the gate and fires.

10:36 AM

(15/28)

Fragments of the gate fall apart, but it seems to be still holding. Two men holding AV lasers take aim at the tank.

(How close is the tank to the gate now?)

The lasers blast into the tank, heavily damaging it. It probably won't last another barrage.

11:04 AM

(About 500m)

(would I be able to hit them both aiming at the wall with the vortex cannon? I wasn't sure with the description given, it's sort of a giant version of the sheer rifle right?)

(You couldn't hit the gate but you could target their area of the wall. It's not an area attack)

Wes fires the cannon on their area of the wall hoping it will have more effect than the rocket.

11:20 AM

(3/32)

A large chunk of wall collapses, but not near the AV lasers.

11:54 AM

The lasers fire again on the tank. (Evasion)

(Use mine or is it something for the pilot?)

(Yours)

1

(fail 10v12)

(Luck save)

(Success 14 v13, I meant to ask is there any way besides leveling up or a unique focus maybe to improve your luck saves?)

(No way to improve it, that's on purpose)

1

(makes sense, I just wondered.)

The tank is hit and you're flung from the vehicle as it explodes, shrapnel flying everywhere though you land almost miraculously unharmed.

"I'll never get used to that." Wes brushes himself off then looks around for the driver and his rocket launcher.

Your launcher landed near you, still interact. The driver was not so lucky.

"Damn, only got one rocket left." Wes thinks for a second then looks to the hole he made in the wall before the tank exploded.

(Is there an open spot in the wall, or was it just an upper chunk that fell away?)

The cannon blasted a large V shaped crevice, it won't be easy to get through but there is a narrow breach in the wall.

Wes looks for the men with anti-vehicle lasers.

2:18 PM

(Sorry if I'm slower rolling or resounding, or if I don't for a bit, but I'm getting ready to head to the gym.)

The soldiers are scanning the area, looking for more vehicles and ignoring small targets like yourself.

(I think I have a better idea of it after rereading all the descriptions. It's 500m of wide road with small buildings on either side leading up to the gate house and tall walled fort with the two guys with lasers on the wall section above that. Now there is a big v punched into one side of the wall (not sure which)? My mission is to breach it enough to let the reinforcements get in, rockets don't hurt the wall much? Does that sound about right?(forgot, the gate took a shot from the cannon and is still up despite a few pieces falling off, so rockets probably won't do mich there either.)) (edited)

(Only one wall, the AV lasers were just not close to where you shot. The gate is damaged, another cannon shot would have finished it off. Otherwise sounds about right)

(Sorry, I meant The wall is wider than the road right? The side of the hole in the wall mainly mattered because I was thinking of trying to move staying mainly in the buildings instead of the open road and don't want to have to potentially cross that close to the lasers.)

(The wall is wider than the road, the hole is on the left side. There's a 30m gap between buildings and the wall at the end.)

(Thank you for the description, and being patient with me.) Wes puts the rocket lancher back in the sling on his back and tries to move to the building on his left without drawing the attention of the soldiers.

(Sneak/dex)

(6)

You reach the buildings on the left hand side of the road, no one seems to have noticed you yet. There are alleys between the houses you can pass through heading towards the wall.

Wes sticks to the alleys and heads toward the wall. He stops two buildings before the gap to see if they've noticed him or put anyone else on the wall or around the hole.

Many soldiers have moved to defend the breach. (Notice/wis)

(2)

Your backup soldiers should be along soon, you don't notice anything else.

Wes fires his rocket launcher at the breach, hoping to widen it a little and take out the soldiers guarding it.

4:53 PM

(crit 21/17)

The rocket hits a particularly weakened part of the wall and more of it falls, the gap widening significantly. The soldiers on top are pointing in your direction and readying weapons.

Wes drops the empty rocket launcher and runs back to the alley drawing his pistol.

Gunfire follows you but you make it back before they had much time to retaliate.

Wes goes through the alley to the next building closer to the wall and looks for a way inside.

(A way inside the building?)

(Yes the building, maybe I should ask what it looks like on the outside first?) (edited)

The building is a generic, one story brick building. There's a door to enter from the street.

(no Windows?)

There are two small windows that are shuttered.

Wes walks up and tries to open the door.

You go up to the door and opens easily as a sniper round hits your other shoulder. (24/9)

Wes rushes in and closes the door before going prone and instantly regetting it when he catches himself for a second before buckling when the pain jolts through his shoulders. "Oooow, damn snipers aiming for the shoulders."

Inside is as generic as the out, a table with chairs set around it is the centerpiece with a couch in one corner. You get the feeling these were randomly generated and not the focus of the programming.

After letting himself bleed onto the floor for a second, and cursing the snipers again Wes regains his composure and rolls onto his back trying to use his arms as little as possible.

An old walkie talkie at your hip buzzes, "You there Milgram? Is the wall breached?"

Groaning Wes reaches for the walkie. "This is Milgram, we lost the grav tank, but the wall is breached be aware there are snipers, and anti vehicle emplacements along the main road."

"Come back to us and grab a sniper, we need those AV lasers taken out if we're gonna get any closer!"

"Where are you coming in from? I'm pinned down in a house right now took a shot after I opened the door. Guess they're pretty mad about me blowing up them and the wall, damn snipers shot both my shoulders."

"Coming in from the south. Better your shoulders than your head at least, is there any way you could get out?"

Wes looks around for another exit besides the front door.

The room is quite sparse and you quickly find a trapdoor in the corner.

"There is a trapdoor in the corner, don't know where it goes, but I guess it's better than another shot to the shoulder." Wes rocks himself to his feet then walks over to the trapdoor.

The trapdoor appears locked.

Wes looks at the lock and trapdoor, trying to see how heavy duty they are. (edited)

The lock seems fairly simple and the door seems solid.

Wes checks the hasp to see if it's as sturdy as the lock.

Seems to be decent quality and quite sturdy.

9:53 AM

(Exert/str to force it, sneak/dex to pick it)

Wes takes a step back aims then shoots the door where it connects to the hasp. (Is that ok I figured it might at least weaken it and was the most vulnerable part, roll shot?)

(Sure roll the attack)

(19/6)

One of the hinges flies off, broken.

Wes looks at the chairs and table to see if a leg from one of them would be sturdy enough to smash the lock off of the door.

The chair leg seems to be strong enough. (Lowered DC since it's already damaged)

Wes holsters his pistol then walks to the table takes a chair goes back to the trap door and smashes it in the lock. (Med primitive?)

10:28 AM

(Oh ,should it be an exert/strength you said dc?)

(Exert/str)

1

(9)

The lock breaks and falls away, the trapdoor free.

Wes puts the chair leg into the rocket launcher sling. Then opens the trap door

A ladder leads down to a dark basement. It smells wet and earthy, though you can't make out much in the dim light.

Wes leaves the trap door open and climbs down the ladder. (edited)

The dank musty smell grows stronger as you descend. You very faintly hear the sound of rushing water. The ground is damp concrete beneath your feet.

Wes moves slowly and tries to keep to the wall away from the water so he doesn't slip into it. (edited)

You stumble over a few boxes and crates, but you quickly run into another wall.

Wes checks the crates and boxes to see if any are watertight and light enough to float in the water.

A few seem to be fairly watertight and would likely float, though you're not sure how well they'd support you.

Wes tosses one into the water and sees what happens

(It's nearly pitch dark, you haven't seen the water yet you just hear it)

In that case Wes grabs two of the potentially boyant crates and fells his way towards the water slowly in the dark. (edited)

The damp floor slopes downward slightly, the faint bit of light trickling down from upstairs glistening wetly. The sound of moving water grows louder. (Notice/wis)

(5)

As you walk closer, your foot suddenly falls as the ground disappears below it, the hole too dark for you to see. Below you the water rushes past. (Physical save)

(Failure 11 v 12) (can I try a reflex to have kept hold of one of the boxes?)

(Sure)

(what would that be I just remembered there isn't a reflex, exert/ dex or Evasion or something?) (edited)

(Exert/dex would work)

1

(5)

You just manage to keep ahold of one box as you fall. The drop is only about 10ft but the water is icy cold as you hit. You realize the water is only only about a foot deep, beneath is slimy concrete.

Wes tries to flow with the water hoping it takes him to somewhere he can meet up with the rest of the troops.

(Let's get a survival/wis check)

(5)

You're not completely sure which direction it is, but you follow the water downstream for a ways before you see a faint light up ahead and above.

(The water is only 1ft deep, you can't really go underwater)

1

Wes walks carefully towards the light shielding his eyes. (edited)

The light shines down through a circular opening in the ceiling. There's a ladder leading up to it.

Wes goes to the ladder and looks up at the opening.

The sun shining through is all you can see, but you can hear the faint sounds of men yelling orders and running about.

Wes takes his pistol out of the holster takes out the magazine and clears the round in it trying to make sure it still works after the fall and being submerged.

It seems to still be functional.

Wes re holsters it tgen climbs the ladder.

You exit the hole, drenched and covered in mud and algae. You're in a courtyard and soldiers are running all around. Enemy soldiers. One turns to you, "What are you doing, get to the wall and defend the breach, we've got incoming!"

"I got separated when we ran to the base, crazy bastards were firing shots and rockets everywhere and I heard a tank. Do you have a clean uniform I can change into this one stinks." (edited)

The soldier covers his nose, "No kidding. Go check the barracks, should be some spares in there."

"Thanks, I'll go do that." Wes looks around for a building that looks like a barracks. (edited)

Thankfully military camps are generally well organized and laid out similarly. You see what looks to be a barracks not far from you, a couple soldiers exit still buttoning up jackets.

Wes rushes in looking for a spare uniform and weapon trying to match the frenzied pace of the camp.

You find one easily, there are plenty to spare though most soldiers are out on the wall by now.

Wes changes into it then looks around him to make sure no other soldiers are around.

Two other soldiers are getting dressed as well, late to the fight due to other duties.

Wes takes his pistol and radio but turns it off and changes the band, then stashes the uniform, chair leg, and web in the closest open locker.

The other soldiers pay you no mind, intent on getting themselves ready quickly so they don't get into trouble.

Wes looks around for a new weapon a rifle or sniper rifle, something that looks like what the other soldiers are using.

There's an armory next to the barracks with any assortment of weaponry you'd like.

Wes takes a sniper rifle, some ammo, and two grenades then tries to make his way to the wall. (edited)

Dressed as one of them no one stops you or looks twice as you find your way to the wall. A few snipers are set up nearby and a couple more AV lasers joined the first two.

Wes finds a spot apart from the others, sets up his sniper rifle, and tunes his radio back to friendly channels, but leaves it off for now.

Through your scope you can make out your distant army, just out of range of the snipers. (edited)

Wes looks over at the snipers and lasers and tries to judge if they are close together enough for the grenades to take them out.

(How would they get down and did Wes get up? are there stairs to the different parts of the wall or do they have to go through choke points at the corners or something?)

(There are stairs to get up since you're on the inside of the walls, I assumed you went up already)

(I did just trying to figure out how to take them all out at once.)

11:04 PM

Wes looks out into the buildings for more snipers there like the one in the tower.

The AV soldiers are gathered together, but the snipers are spread out along the wall. Looking out you don't notice any more snipers out in any towers or buildings.

Wes picks up his sniper rifle, and goes down to the gate.

Behind the gate lie further barricades and fortifications. There's a small gatehouse next to it where the controls are. Two soldiers are currently manning it.

Wes goes over to the gate house and salutes. "Had any mechanical problems after the gate took a hit?"

"It's pretty heavily damaged, but still holding for now. No mechanical issues, we're just trying to fortify it best we can. Heard there's a breach up north though so they probably won't come to the gates anyway."

"Well you never know, and those cowards are still camped just out of sniper range, so I thought I would help here if I could. You think it's up for a mechanical test? It's not like they'll run in from over a thousand feet away, and we have the other fortifications anyway right?"

"Hmm, are you a mechanic? I suppose we could run a test, we'd need orders from higher up though."

"Well I'm handy enough and I wasn't needed on the wall at the moment. Let me go check in then, I should probably grab some tools anyway, do you know who could give that order? I'm still a little scrambled from getting here then the rocket attacks."

"I think the captain's over by the breach. You may want to see a medic first though."

"You're right, I should. I just didn't want to worry about a few hits while my friends were dying on the wall, and figured if they get in some bandages probably wouldn't save me anyway."

"Alright, well if you bring us the captain's orders we'll test the gate." (edited)

Wes heads over to the breach looking for the captain.

You see a tall man with short dark hair giving orders. Soldiers scurry around him, quick to obey.

Wes hurries up to him and salutes. "Captain."

"What are you doing soldier? We need all men to defend the wall, especially snipers!"

"Just came from the wall sir, the enemy is keeping out of sniper range. I thought we could use this time to repair the gate before they make another attack, but the men there wanted your order first sir."

"Hmph, I doubt we have time to work on the gate and this breach is a more likely target. Tell the men there to leave and come shore up defenses here."

"Yes, sir right away sir."

3:08 PM

Wes heads back to the gate guards.

"Well, what'd he say?"

"He said you should report to him at the breach since the gate wasn't as high priority. I'll try to at least make sure things are in order here then probably be back on the wall myself."

"Leaving the gate? Sounds risky, but if he says so." The soldiers at the gate leave and head to the breach.

Wes looks around the control station for some tools.

There aren't any tools, but you do see the controls for the gate. You imagine tools would be kept in a separate building.

Wes runs off to find a garage or somewhere there might be tools to work on the gate controls.

You find a workshop near the armory with plenty of tools and equipment inside.

Wes grabs a tool kit and takes what he needs before returning to the gate house.

The gate is still abandoned, a few people rush by heading towards the breach.

Wes looks at the controls and tries to figure out how to open the gate.

The controls look fairly standard and should be easy to operate.

Before Wes opens the gate he goes to examine the fortifications they have put up behind it.

(Fortifications aren't on the gate itself, more like barbed wire/spikes on the inside with plenty of cover to shoot from. They wanted to funnel the enemy through there and kill them as they came though)

(So if they came through the gate it's like a choke point they would have to enter through to and the defenders could pick them off?) (edited)

(Right, but it's not defended anymore)

Wes looks around then turns on his radio then holds down the transmit and speaks lowly into it. "Wes reporting in, the trapdoor led to a sewer that exits in the middle of the base. I've appropriated a uniform . The breach is defended, but I've secured the gate. Still working on something for the vehicle lasers and snipers, but you should be able to get men in. Make sure any that take the sewer route have lights it's dark and slippery in there. You can enter through the second house to the end on the same side as the breach. I might be able to give a small window by faking a rocket attack and sabotaging the gates open, but you should be ready to go soon. If you could hit with real rockets that would help a great deal."

"Milgram, you'll get a medal for this! We'll send some people up from behind and start advancing the troops then."

"I'll either be the one alone on the wall, or in the medic tent. Tell the advance teams to beware of snipers, and if I don't make it sir, it's been an honor. I'll probably be radio silent unless things go really wrong. Milgram out." Wes shuts off his radio and scrambles the channels again before opening the gate.

The gate creaks open slowly, machinery working hard to drag the heavy gates open. Outside you hear a shout as someone notices it opening.

Wes makes sure the gate opens then heads toward it with his tools and goes as if to check the hinges and overall integrity.

A solider approaches, "Hey! Who gave the order for the gate to open?"

"The captain said they wouldn't be attacking it so I thought it was ok to run the maintenance real quick, don't want any more pieces falling off."

"Well shut it you dolt! Of course they'll attack it if it's open!"

"They're over a thousand feet away surely we can spare a few minutes? Damn cowards haven't moved in hours once we got their rocket team."

He glares and grumbles for a minute, "Fine, but get it done quick you hear? And make sure it's closed before they start advancing."

"Fine, fine, I'll be quick, but you should probably get back to the breach or the wall. Captain wanted everyone else there. Worst case I'll close it back up and we should be alright."

The soldier curses under his breath then heads towards the breach. For the moment, no one seems to be paying you attention.

Wes continues to the gate looking at the hinges and missing chunks in it doing a little patch job, but mainly trying to make sure it won't be able to close.

(Fix/int if you're trying to jam it open)

(7)

You do your best with the tools available, but you're unsure if it will hold or not.

Done at least what he can probably better than average considering his previous repair work. Wes nods and goes back to the controls, and tries to sabotage what he can there to short it out or otherwise make them not work. He attempts to make it look like the motor went out trying to close something it couldn't after the damage if possible.

(Fix/int again if you're trying to make it not obvious)

((9) I figured try to make it not obvious and blame the rest on overzealous good intentioned incompetency if confronted about it?) (edited)

You're again not entirely sure how effective your sabotage is, but it's not obvious that it was tampered with.

Wes rushes off back to the wall, and looks around to see where the anti- vehicle lasers are set up.

They're set up in the same spot on the wall as before, the snipers have spread out a bit more though.

Wes sets up in between the lasers this time. (what is the part in front of them like. The crenulations or what they're setting the rifles and anti-vehicle weapons up on/hiding behind?)

The AV lasers have been mounted on the wall, small gaps in the wall allow them through. (Think arrow slits more than crenulations)

(are they wide enough to rest a grenade in? and how deep for lack of a better term? This probably isn't the one I'd use to hit us all, just I figure If I'm already going to do something as stupid as blow myself up I should probably get rid of the second grenade first? I think I'll be ok if I correctly understand how ac and grenades work?)

(AC doesn't affect grenades it's just an evasion save I believe. They're clustered together, not much room to set up between them inconspicuously. You could certainly throw one and hit them all though)

(I thought it said every point of ac over 14 takes a damage away? If not it's only slightly more reckless, and technically I think I'd probably survive.)

(You're right)

(ok thanks for verifying I would have felt pretty stupid blowing myself up for no reason.) Wes take the fist grenade and puts it into the arrow slit like he's resting it there then tries to make sure it falls through and away like he pushed it too far it by accident.

(Arrow slits on the outside of the wall, it's open on your side. Sorry if I didn't describe it well)

(no worries same thing should work, the main part is getting rid of the grenade in a way it doesn't look like he's doing something weird just incompetent. Or if that doesn't make sense maybe drop it and kick it down trying to get it?) (edited)

(You can get it there, are you arming it? It's not a remote charge)

(not armed He's just getting rid of the first grenade so it doesn't blow up with the second. Then for the second one I was planning on making it look like an enemy sniper shot it or he armed it by accident? you know saying sn... or oh sh..( like he's about to warn them about a sniper or rocket team he saw or only realizes he armed the grenade a second before it blows?) something then boom and he gets taken to the medic wing and why would you blow yourself up that's stupid it must be a horrible accident or the damn enemies advancing on us? Or at least that's how it plays out in Wes' and my head?) (edited)

(You can certainly try that if you want)

(Better in simulation than blowing myself up for real? Let's go for it.)

(Let's do stealth/dex for ditching the grenade unnoticed)

(10)

Your grenade falls to the ground near the AV lasers. They're too intent on their targets to notice.

(so this is the live one right?)

(I thought you were placing one there unarmed)

(one I just wanted out of the blast radius since I figured it would probably or potentially go off when the other grenade did, and I definitely wouldn't survive that? The plan was to get it away by dropping it to the ground below the wall on either side unarmed. I thought that would be far enough that it wasn't set off in the blast?) (edited)

(Gotcha, that's fine)

(was that role for getting rid of the first or setting the second grenade off without arousing suspicion?) (edited)

(We'll say for setting off the second)

1

(so roll damage and react then?) (edited)

9:55 AM

Wes takes the second grenade out of his pocket trying to arm it there like it got caught on the uniform in case someone is watching him. Looks through his rifle's scope, points and yells" Sni.." then drops it as it goes off.

9:57 AM

(2d6 right?)

(Yep)

1

(8 so 4 for Wes since his ac is 18?)

(Yep) The grenade explodes, sending you and the four soldiers flying off the wall. Others rush over to come check on everyone and figure out what happened.

Wes plays up the injury coughing and wincing a little, but he's in pretty bad shape. "Tried to warn everyone." "Think a sniper got one of my grenades, I tried to cover it."

The captain comes over, "A sniper hit your grenade? Through the arrow slits in the wall?" Others are checking the other soldiers, all but one are dead. "How did you survive if they shot your grenade eh?"

Wes looks down a little shaking visibly now. "Sir, I armed it by accident but didn't realize until too late sir. I was just too afraid and embarrassed to admit it. I think I should have just gone to the medics earlier instead of back to the wall sir." (edited)

"Armed it.. by accident? Someone take this guy to the brig for questioning, we'll get a medic to see him there." He looks around for a minute, "And why's that gate open? Get it closed before their troops advance!"

12:05 PM

You hear commotion and shouting on the wall, "Captain, movement among enemy troops! They're headed this way!"

Wes goes with whoever takes him not putting up resistance still trying to play the incompetent soldier in shock, hoping to pass by the sewer access in the middle of the camp.

Unfortunately they don't take you by there, they take you to a small barred room and leave you in there alone, door locked.

Wes pats himself down and looks around to see what they didn't take or if there is anything he can use in the room.

You've been stripped of everything useful and the room itself is bare besides a lumpy mattress on the floor, a small wooden chair, and a chamber pot. There's one barred window, too high to see out of.

Wes moves the chair to the window, then tries to look out of it.

It's still too high but you're able to grasp the bars with your hands. You hear yelling outside, the beginnings of gunfire and an occasional explosion.

Wes goes to examine the door.

(Notice/wis)

(4)

The door is solid wood, locked. Thick enough it's hard to make out any sounds from beyond it.

Both of his shoulders in pretty bad shape Wes gives the door an experimental kick.

(2/2 crit fail. time to sink defeatedly into the lumpy mattress)

Your foot stings as you lay down on the mattress. You lay there for a minute before you hear the fumbling of keys in the lock of the door. It opens and a grinning soldier is standing there. "Milgram you did it! Come on, we came through the sewers and the main forces are almost here, let's go cause some chaos shall we?"

"Let's! You got a weapon for me? They took mine when they threw me in here?"

The reaches back and brings out a heavy machinegun and hands it to you. "Plenty of enemies still out there, let's go get em!"

Wes heads out looking for something to pepper with heavy machine gun fire. "You got the snipers right?"

"Once the AV lasers were taken out we had some heavy vehicles drive up and bombard the wall, snipers shouldn't be a problem any more."

"Good my shoulders still hurt from the first two shots, so are we just mopping up now?"

"That's right, taking them from within while our troops assault them at the wall. You ready?"

"I'm ready, let's secure the base."

3:42 PM

"Let's start with the armory after that everything else should be a little easier." (edited)

"Alright. This is your operation Milgram, lead the way!"

Wes heads towards the armory looking to see if it's guarded.

Head towards the armory and the compound is in disarray. Small teams of elite spec ops soldiers are taking out the enemy in key locations. The way to the armory is clear, but you hear gunfire coming from within.

Wes enters first looking for the source of the gunfire.

(Initiative)

(9)

You enter the armory and find five enemy soldiers, guns at the ready. (You then them)

(would suppressing work or are there any special rules for a heavy machine gun? I've only done suppressing fire with one, so I didn't worry about mounting or aiming it then? I think you were there.)

(You can suppress with a HMG without mounting)

Wes fires a burst of suppressive fire at the soldiers. (so uses 2 ammo and roll damage but give you the halved amount right? then you roll to evade or something?)

(Uses half the ammo in the clip and does half damage with an evade for another half)

(round up or down?, I got a 13 on 3d6 (6)) (edited)

(Rounded down)

1

5:08 PM

(Two saved) Three of the enemy are dropped under the intense fire, two are wounded, but still up. They return fire on you.

5:08 PM

(Both miss)

(Would the friendly soldier fire? or is it back to me)

(You go, he gave you his weapon)

1

Wes decides to burn through the rest of the ammo with another suppressive burst.

5:11 PM

(3 that's already halved) (edited)

(Both saved again) They manage to avoid the brunt of the attack, but it's enough to distract them from their own attack and they miss again. "Here, catch!" The friendly soldier tosses you a laser rifle and takes one for himself. (That was his turn, now you can roll for you and him. He's at +1 to hit)

Wes thinking he'd have to go in for punches changes up and drops the HMG, and catches the laser rifle and shoots a burst at the soldier further from his friend.

5:18 PM

(22/5)

The soldiers head explodes as the shot connects. His friend looks around and starts to run.

"Stop and surrender or we'll shoot."

He stops and drops his gun.

5:57 PM

"Please don't kill me!"

"We don't intend to, if we could have taken this place with no casualties we would have. Now do you now where the captain is? If he can be reasoned with maybe we can avoid unnecessary bloodshed." (edited)

"I don't think he's looking to surrender. Last I saw he was by the wall."

"Anyone in command that is?"

He shakes his head, "I doubt it."

"Well, we'll try to take him down and maybe they'll change their minds. Excuse us if we leave you in the brig instead of the armory." Wes puts the laser rifle over his shoulder, a grenade in each pocket then gets another sniper and some ammo pops a magazine in and chambers it. "Come on, I think I owe them some shots to the shoulder."

Your friend follows you, similarly equipping himself. Directly outside no one is fighting, but you hear gunfire in the direction of the wall.

Wes hurries towards the wall looking for a sniper or the captain to shoot in the shoulder.

The captain is there with a troop of his surviving men, firing at friendly soldiers from behind cover. One sniper seems to have survived and is with him.

Wes fires to hit the sniper in the shoulder first.

6:57 PM

(Is that just a regular attack roll?)

(Attack roll)

(16/13)

Your shot takes him right in the shoulder and he falls to the ground.

Wes turns to the soldier. "Ha they're not the only ones who can shoot shoulders."(initiative again?)

(Yep)

(7)

(8 for the enemy, 4 for the other friendly troops. Your friend will go on your turn.)

8:19 PM

There are seven soldiers left behind the cover and eight against them including you.

8:19 PM

(I'll roll for them in a minute)

(so 7 including captain vs 8 including friend and me?)

(Yes)

1

Shots fan out from behind the cover, a few heading towards you but most to the larger group of troops. Three soldiers are cut down right away and one shot lands its mark against you. (19/2)

Wes grits his teeth. "At least it wasn't in the shoulder. I think it's time to try and end this. He takes one of the grenades out of his pocket and throws it at the enemies centered on the captain. "This one's not an accident either Captain!"

(Attack roll AC10+2 since they're in partial cover)

(I can use exert instead of shoot for this right?)

(Yep)

(22/11)

(Only one saved) Your grenade lands right in the middle of the group, exploding and tearing them apart. The captain jumped away just in time, but was still heavily wounded. Everyone else is down.

9:26 PM

(You can shoot for the other three soldiers too at +1. He has +4AC for full cover from them. It's half cover for you since you're flanking)

(How far away is he? I guess between 10/29 meters, I forgot the range on grenades is pretty low but we did advance on them. Also is he still armed?)

(He's still armed. Around 20m from you I'd say)

"Drop your weapon captain, you're surrounded and outgunned."

(Do they have laser rifles? Also that would be +3 total with the +2 from burst right? Just in case he doesn't surrender? I figured since Wes' training to be a guard/colony cop shooting people that surrender or not giving them a chance if they might surrender or it seems appropriate would be bad? Probably afraid of slippery slope and would be against his new beliefs after dying twice himself.)

As the soldier said earlier, the captain doesn't seem inclined to surrender. He fires at you blindly over the cover but the shot goes wide.

"Well we gave him a chance weapons free take him down." (so my friend and two other soldiers left? for three rolls at +3?)

(4 rolls, the downed 3 and you started with 8)

1

(11/11. 4/11, 9/6,13/8)

10:59 PM

(is laser rifle 1d10 or 1d10+1, I was going by the char sheet so it might be one less if any of those hit.) (edited)

(Just 1d10) The shots hit blow little holes in the cover, but none make contact. (You have your turn too)

1

Wes thinks about running up and trying to puch out the captain, but it's probably too far, and this is supposed to be at least partially for training so he grabs his own laser rifle off his back and shoots a bust at the captain.

11:11 PM

(8/4) After missing Wes moves closer so he can maybe try something if he pokes his head out.

11:12 PM

(does burst add to damage it looks like its adding 2 for that too and one from attribute?maybe I'm misreading the macro or something?)

(Burst adds to damage too I believe)

(Ok I'll trust you and the macros

, I just didn't see it in the book, and didn't want to mess it up or be cheating damage or something.) (edited)

A grenade flies over towards you and the soldier with you. (Evasion)

11:16 PM

(3 damage for fail, 1 for pass. The soldier passed)

(pass 15vs12)

11:25 PM

After missing his last burst Wes drops the rifle and runs up on the Captain and tries to knock him out.

11:25 PM

(20/2)

The hit connects solidly and the captain crumples to the floor.

After his left hand connects and the captain goes down, Wes turns to the troops looking solemn. "War does not determine who is right." (edited)

11:38 PM

"Only who is left." He laughs at his own pun and shakes his head at the unconscious enemy Captain. "We should probably take him to the brig, or somewhere secure. Maybe if the other soldiers see we aren't killing them when we don't have to, and their captain is in custody they'll surrender more easily? I don't want to lose anyone else taking this fort if we don't have to." (edited)

True enough, with their captain down the rest of the enemy soldiers surrender and the day is won.

8:22 AM

Dave's voice sounds in your ear, "That's all I have for you for now, I can program some more for later if you want to do more!"

"Definitely, I at least feel like I'll do ok on patrol now. I have a new compad so you can message me when something is ready." "Do you think I could get training for a vac suit, powered armor or mech training in there? I know I might not need it, but after fighting a giant, blowing myself up and walking through that sewer maybe I should know just in case?" (edited)

"I can work something out, though I'm not sure we'll have the resources to build mechs for some time."

"Probably not, but fighting a giant monster in a mech suit seems like it would be pretty fun though." (edited)

"That's true. Alright, let's pull you out." Your vision fades and your senses return as you awaken in the VR training room.

Wes blinks a bit getting used to the regular room again. "With training that fun I know why you don't have recruitment problems."

"Not everyone opts for stuff like that haha. Most just use the firing range and call it good. You come back any time though, I had almost as much fun running that as you did!"

11:32 AM

(3xp 1000 credits. One free skill level in one of the trained skills)

"Okay now I'm out, be honest with me did you program in the shoulder shots?"

11:35 AM

(I'll take pilot to 0 gotta get that glowing seaweed shampoo.)

He raises his hands in defense, "Hey, soldiers are trained to aim for the torso, the rest is just RNG."

Wes smiles laughing it off. "I believe you, do you know who I see about getting a uniform and all that, I want to get there early, maybe ask for extra shoulder pads?"

"Head back to the admin building they'll get you set up. Starting your first shift tonight?"

"I thought so, I want to meet everyone and hit the ground running, do you think that would be ok?"

"Should be just fine, I'm sure they'll like how eager you are to work!"

"Well everyone has given me a chance at least, I don't want to waste it. I guess I'll head back to admin and get my gear ready for later. Thanks again for the training Dave. I look forward to any new scenarios."

"Alright see you next time!"

Wes waves at Dave then goes toward the admin building, checking the court yard on the way through to see if anyone has woken up yet.

Plenty of people are awake, going about their daily business. It's approaching evening and some are heading to the mess hall for dinner.

Wes rushes to admin hoping to be ready before his patrol starts.

Your uniform and equipment are ready for you when you get there. Your choice of laser pistol or rifle and a stun baton with their standard field combat uniform.

Wes takes the laser pistol and goes to get changed into his uniform before meeting up with everyone else.

There are only four of you in your patrol, one of three active during the night. Your squadmates are still getting ready when you get there.

"Hello, Dave told me I could meet up with you all here. I'm Westley Milgram, but you can call me Wes. Sorry if I'm still a little green , but I'm trying to learn."

"Nice to meet you Wes! Night shift is usually not terribly exciting, but we get by. Rather be bored than dead eh?"

"Yeah, being dead is usually worse. So what do you guys usually do on patrol then?"

"Walk around, make sure none of those kids are up to too much trouble, chase away drunk naked men, that sort of thing."

"Oh, I guess it was a different patrol that found me then, do you guys know Officer Patterson?" (edited)

"Sure, he runs one of the other squads. You have a bad run in with him or something?"

"Not bad, I think he and the guards who picked me up were really nice, especially considering the state he found me in, me being a psychic and my other abilities, but everyone has been really nice so far. Even the cantankerous old man in the repair shop gave me a chance." (edited)

"Yeah most people are friendly here. You're a psychic then? What kind? I fought with a few back in the war."

"Just a level 0 restricted Meta. I found out when I came here to work at the academy."

"Work at the academy? Well we're glad to have you on the squad. I'm your sergeant, Riker."

"Good to meet you Sergeant Riker. I was a counselor there, being able to identify powers after some training helped place students into the right classes. Sometimes I would help battle psychics returning before their reintegration as teachers or students, or back into the field. With easy access to biopsionics my other skills weren't as useful, and I hadn't really been a practicing physician for a while anyway, though I retain a decent knowledge with various stims and medicines. I didn't really focus on training up my talent as I should have perhaps. Sorry, didn't mean to ramble on, I'll tell you the more exciting stories some time to make up for it. Like the time I was chased through the plains naked by a pride of needle beasts, didn't stop until I swam up to the Plainsford docks."

"Sounds like you've got plenty to keep us entertained over the night. Any sorts of medical training is helpful in the field, though for anything worse than a scratch we've got a healer in town who I hear is just as good as a biopsi. One of them new touched folk."

"I might have to do something about that name, it feels weird to keep telling everyone I'm touched."

"You're psychic and touched? Huh, haven't met one of those before!"

7:46 PM

"I dunno who came up with that name, it just kinda stuck. I dont think anyone's too attached to it."

Wes shrugs. "Probably doesn't matter, and better people laugh than be afraid. I'll tell you that story too sometime"

"Alright, well if you're ready we can get started. These two are Jesse and Jimmy, they didn't have military experience before either. Thankfully it's an easy post."

"Ok let's go I'll trust you guys to show me the ropes. You said something about kids? Do you run into those street kids often?"

"Every few nights we find some of them causing a ruckus. They're harmless mostly, nothing violent. Mostly petty theft, occasional vandalism, that sort of thing."

"I ran into one hiding at the showers. He wouldn't take my help , and swiped my compad when I wouldn't leave him by himself in the laundry. I gave the compad details to tech, maybe if they turn it on we can find them and do something for them? I hate the thought of leaving kids to fend for themselves, or having to run them in." (edited)

"Oh we understand, we've tried to help them countless times. Best way to do it we've found is to trick them. Leaving food out where they can easily 'steal' it, that sort of thing. They're spiteful little buggers, but they're still kids."

"Plus them being young and bitter just means they call everyone old. I'm not old, and I think I look pretty good for being stuck on my own in the ruins that long."

"You know kids, everyone's old to them. Well, might as well be off. We're patrolling the docks first tonight."

"Alright I'll follow your lead then this being my first patrol."

"Alright then, off to the docks!" The squad begins marching towards the docks.

Wes marches with the squad. Keeping his eyes peeled for more of the street kids.

(Notice/wis)

(5)

You make your way to the docks and don't notice anything out of the ordinary. It's a quiet evening, lit with frequent streetlamps. It's early enough that a few people are still about; couples taking evening strolls, a few children playing just before bedtime. By the docks a busy bar is full of raucous laughter over lively music.

Wes takes note of the bar, but sticks with the patrol. (I might be slow posting and rolling or not for a while, going out to my cousin's graduation party.)

(back)

(You're good, I've had a really busy day too)

1

(thanks, sorry if I'm taking a back seat on the patrol a bit it just seems like it would be weird to try and lead it being the least experienced new guy literally on his first day.)

(None of the others have much experience either so it wouldn't be weird for you to take on like a second in command role)

1

10:10 PM

You patrol the docks for a few hours, making small talk and helping one of the bar patrons home, but otherwise uneventful. A little ways after midnight the sergeant's compad pings, "Looks like there's a break-in at a shop not far from here. Wes, you take Jesse and go check it out. Jimmy and I will continue our patrol."

"Ok, you lead the way Jesse, don't want to get lost and let them get away."

Jesse leads you down the street away from the docks. After a few minutes you come upon a small general goods store with the front window smashed in. "Here it is, what's the plan?"

"I go in first, I'll try to talk them down, if they start fighting we try to subdue them, and if we can't do that lasers as a last resort I guess? Might change when we see who broke in or why. How does that sound?" (edited)

"Sounds good to me, you just be careful alright? I'll be right behind you."

"Alright try to make sure they don't sneak out, but you don't do anything too risky either especially to save me, touched remember. Wes winks then heads into the shop looking to see how they broke in.

The window looks smashed in by a rock you find on the inside. Glass litters the floor and you hear shifting around further back in the store though you can't see anything yet.

"This is the Guard, we know your here, if you come out with your hands up, and let anyone in there go we can talk about why your doing this, maybe send you on your way with some food, or whatever you came here for no reason anyone should get hurt."

You hear some boxes falling and footsteps running away. A door in the back opens as the footsteps run out.

Wes tries to catch up with the person before they can do anything to Jesse, and at least see them before deciding to tackle them or not.

(Effort/str, dex, or con)

(I did dex since it's a speed thing and they're all a +1 (8)) (edited)

The run through the room, dodging and jumping over the fallen boxes, and out the back door. Jesse follows you but stumbles over the boxes a little, lagging behind. As you exit the back door you get a glimpse of a small form darting into a nearby alley.

Wes pursues them into the alley.

You enter the alley to find it deserted. (Notice/wis)

(3)

Jesse comes up behind you, "Where'd they go?"

"I'm not sure ducked into this alley, then gone. Only thing I can figure is teleporters, or secret passages. I should have got those night vision goggles, can't see anything. Wes squints ineffectually at the alley."

(I'll let you roll for Jesse to notice at +1)

(10)

"Hey, come look over here!" Jesse points out a manhole cover just slightly askew. "Wonder if they escaped that way."

"Probably, sewers are like secret passages right, don't suppose you have a glowbug?"

He pats at his pockets, "Must have left them in the barracks, I bet one of the others would have some though."

"How far does your patrol usually take you from here, and do we need to watch the store? Don't want one of those kids distracting us while they make off with everything in there."

"Hmm good thinking. Well we should st least check in and grab some glowbugs, wouldn't want to get lost in the dark down there."

"Alright, I doubt they will come back up here right now. Let's go back to the store you find some glow bugs, maybe a prybar, I'll check in with Riker, I haven't had much luck finding things today."

"We may want to check in with the store owner and see if anything is missing. Could help us track the culprit down."

"Good, idea, if they're there we can talk with them and then check in with Riker, they should know where things are in their own store, and will probably be happy for some business after a break in." (edited)

"Alright, let's go then, lead the way!"

Wes hurries back to the store.

You find the very sleepy owner trying to clean up some of the mess made.

"Hello, we were sent to investigate the break in. Have you been able to tell what's missing yet?"

"I'm still going through things, they knocked a bunch of stuff over when they ran. Looks like it's mostly some food and clothes missing."

"Do you have anything like glowbugs or low light goggles, rope, prybars or insta panels, maybe we could put some up until you can get the window fixed properly? I apologize for rushing you, but we think they escaped to the sewers, and wanted to pursue them before they got away."

"Well I've got all of that to sell. I'm afraid I can't just give it to you, I've already lost money on this you see."

"Of course, please excuse me, in the hurry I forgot to offer. I'll even pay for the panels, and help you put them up."(I was going to offer, but I think i forgot to put it back in after taking out some other questions lol.)

10:38 AM

(let me total that stuff real quick.)

"Why thank you, that's most kind. Just the help is enough, no need to pay for things you aren't getting."

"I insist, and I can always come back for them once you get the window installed. It will give me another reason to come back and check on you."

10:43 AM

"Maybe we should get an atmofilter for you Jesse, we don't know what's down in those sewers?"

(for the prybar I figured it would be in a tookit for 300, two lowlight goggles at 200 each for 400, 2 glowbugs 5 each for 10, rope 20m 4, atmofilter 100, 2 instapanels 50 each 100, maybe some rations(if there are any left), batteries(3 type a 30) a compad 100 and a medkit 100 to help or to trade the kids and a backpack to put them in would that be ok, I tried not to include anything too fancy like the tl4 back pack since it might not be available? Is that ok I wasn't sure since I think you made Keaton do a mission to find a bioscanner I think?)

(Keaton's mission was to find an advanced psitech bioscanner, a regular one you can find)

(is there anything that wouldn't be there then? like a navcomp?)

(Most tl4 general equipment is available)

1

(Compad 100 3 power cell a 10 (30) 2 Low light goggles 200 (400) 2Glowbug 5 (10) Tookit/posttech 300 Spare parts 1 50 Medkit 100 Bio scanner 300 Navcomp 500 Rope tl4 20m 40 Backpack tl4 50 Rations 4 days 5 (20) 2 insta panels 50 (100) 1 atmofilter (100) Total 2000 Sorry about that I think this list is right, I can afford and carry it and includes everything.)

(Looks good to me)

1

(

that gives Jesse low light goggles, a glow bug, and an atmofilter.)

11:50 AM

After purchasing the gear that he can afford, Wes helps the store owner install the insta panels, and clean the glass out of their storefront window. (edited)

"Thank you young sirs, I appreciate the help and the patronage. I wish you luck in your search."

"You're welcome, and stay safe. I'll make sure you're informed if we find or recover anything."

12:14 PM

After leaving the store, Wes calls Sergeant Riker as he heads to the sewers.

"Riker here, anything to report?"

"We pursued the culprit who we believe fled into the sewers. After that we went back to the store, and helped to clean it up and install some insta panels after taking their statement. I think it was some of those kids. The person fleeing looked small, and it was food and clothes taken. We were going to go down there with the gear we bought and see if we could find them and maybe see what kind of conditions they are living in at least. If they're hiding in the sewers that could be how they pop up all over without being seen."

"Good job Wes, keep it up. Report in of you find something and be careful down there!"

"We will, thanks for the concern sarge." Wes looks down at the manhole then tries to move it aside.

It slides to the side easily and you see a ladder descending into darkness.

Wes turns on his goggles then starts climbing down into the sewers.

With your goggles on you see a damp tunnel with a small stream of water in the center running left to right. The smell isn't too bad for a sewer, but it's certainly not pleasant.

Wes thinks about not breathing for a bit, but decides against it, then waits for Jesse to descend.

Jesse follows down the ladder behind you. "Oof, I certainly wouldn't want to live down here." (edited)

"Well that's what these kids are counting on. So you've been better than me at finding things, left or right, and no splitting up that way neither of us has to tell the story of how he was overwhelmed by a horde of small children."

(Notice/wis if you're looking for any tracks or anything. I'm not going to pick a direction for you lol)

(worth a shot, incoming 5 or less lol.)

7:25 PM

(6)

You and Jesse find tracks heading in both directions, it seems these tunnels are frequently used. There are slightly more prints leading downstream to your right.

Wes turns on his nav comp and makes sure it's mapping, then checks which direction is closer to south.

The lefthand path leads west and the right leads east. You're not sure if either turns south at any point.

"It looks like they went right."

"Alright then, lead the way."

Wes follows the tracks keeping an eye out for traps or an ambush. "Careful, sewer tunnels like this can be slippery, and are easy to hide in."

(Let's get another notice check for traps or ambushes)

(6)

You don't see any traps and no one lies in ambush as you continue forward, but you do notice an increasing number of signs that people have come and gone this way frequently. You pass a few ladders leading to manholes, tracks indicating that they are often used as well.

"Well, it looks like we were right about them using the tunnels to get around, we just have to find where they are bringing the stuff to." Wes checks the nav comp again to get an idea of how far in they are.

You've followed the tunnel about two km eastward, it's been mostly straight the whole time.

Wes puts the compad away then continues on. He looks for any turn offs that might lead to a room where the kids are living.

In about one more km you do find a branching path that heads south. Most of the water continues east, the southern path seems drier.

"This way seems dry, and you'd want that if it overflowed, plus going south hasn't failed me yet." Wes takes the southern path.

(Another notice/wis)

(4)

As you walk along the tunnel you feel some resistance against your leg. You look down and see a broken string, previously almost invisible.

"Well that's not good, stay back Jeese, hopefully it's just an alarm, but I tripped something."

11:10 AM

Wes falls prone and looks around expecting a trap to hit him.

You wait there a moment, but no traps spring.

Wes gets up and brushes himself off then shrugs at Jesse and walks forward.

You walk for a couple more minutes before a voice calls out, "Stop where you are!"

Wes stops, and looks around for the source of the voice.

A little ways ahead it looks like there might be another split leading back west.

Wes smiles, and holds his arms in mock surrender. "Hey, I'm the guard that's my line. Ok I stopped, what now?"

You hear some hushed whispering back and forth for a minute before the voice answers back, "Um, drop your weapons! And... we're gonna come tie you up!"

12:45 PM

The voice definitely sounds young and a bit unsure.

"I don't have any weapons out, do you just want me to come to you since you're taking me prisoner?"

"Uh sure. But close your eyes real tight or you'll be sorry!"

"Should I cover my face with my hand, and reach one out? I don't want to bump into you on accident or something."

"Err close your eyes and we'll come get you."

1:05 PM

Jesse backs away, so far unnoticed.

"Ok, I'm closing my eyes." Wes closes his eyes and holds out his hands listening for someone to approach."

(would the holster the guard provided be a regular one or retention one?)

(Regular) You feel a hand pushing on your back as you're led forward.

Wes lets them lead him forward.

You reach the area the voices were coming from. Your hands are tugged behind you and rope tied around them. You hear hushed whispers around you, you can't make out much but you get that they're debating what to do with you. (edited)

"Um, can I open my eyes now?"

"Yes." "No." You hear two people answer at the same time.

Wes only opens the eye on the yes side in compromise. (edited)

You see a young girl with a tangle of dark hair, scowling at someone on your other side.

"Well, you've been reasonable so far, what are your demands?"

"We should take him back to base, let Zarine decide what to do." The girl nods. "Alright, we'll blindfold you and take you with us."

Wes closes his eye."Ok, tell me when to move again please, I can't see anything."

The place a blindfold over your eyes and spin you around a few times before leading you on through the sewers.

4:02 PM

(Survival/wis if you want to try and keep track of where you're going) (edited)

((5) would they just put the blindfold on me over the goggles?)

(They would take your goggles off)

1

4:10 PM

The spinning disorients you enough that you have no idea where you're headed.

4:13 PM

You walk for some time before you hear a patterned knock on wood. A door opens and you're led inside. The echoing of the tunnels is left behind as you step on a carpeted floor, the smell of fish and vegetables mixing fills the room and you hear the bubbling of boiling water.

"Smells good, do you all cook alot? I'm learning how to bake, myself."

Your blindfold is removed and you find yourself in a large windowless room, hot from the burning stove. Simple but comfortable furnishings fill the room, two long tables with benches, a few couches around an old television with a cracked screen, a small kitchenette where some sort of fish stew is being stirred by a young girl in her teens. She turns towards you, "Hello there. What brings you to our humble hideout?"

"Well, you can probably tell from my uniform I'm in the guard. Since I'm the new guy I drew the short straw on coming into the sewers when someone did a smash and grab on the general store. After bumbling around a bit I was caught then brought here."

She studies you, hands on her hips. "You did a good job finding us, we usually lose you guys before we make it down here. So what do we do now? You're a danger to our operation, but we don't want the heat getting rid of you would bring."

Wes recoils a bit eyes big. "Please don't kill me, I brought some stuff to trade. I've only been working a few days though so it's not much."

"We won't kill you, we've specifically avoided violence so that the military doesn't bother us too much. What sort of things do you have?"

"Could you untie my hands please? Then I can show you."

The girl you saw earlier comes and unties your hands. You see that she has your stun baton at her waist. Besides her and the girl cooking you don't see anyone else in the room currently. You do see a staircase leading up in the corner.

Wes checks himself for his laser pistol, backpack and other belongings.

The pistol is gone, but your backpack is there with everything in it.

"Well first I brought a compad and some batteries. I figured it would help pass the time if you get bored down here, or maybe you could use it to talk to people or something, I'm not sure if the network reaches down here. I didn't know what kind of things you would want, need or have already? Does everything that gets taken up there usually go through you?"

She eyes you suspiciously, "Usually. What would you expect in return for these?"

Wes looks at Zarine and the other girl to see if their state of dress, cleanliness, and health seem similar to the scruffy boy he found in the laundry.

Similar, though Zarine looks to take care of herself a bit better. Neither seem in bad health or malnourished.

"My old compad was taken by a scruffy boy with an English accent hiding in the Laundry. It was pretty broken the last time I saw it, but had some old movies and music on it, I thought I could trade this new one, and the batteries for that one if you still have it."

"Suppose we do have it. Why shouldn't we just take your bag and drop you off naked in the middle of a street?"

Wes laughs. "Because it would be mean, and you don't want to move your hideout? Do you know how to use all of this stuff? If you'd like it better I could give you the things to repair it here, I wasn't sure if someone had the skills. Look I know I can't make you trust me, but maybe this will be a good start. You know what a nav comp is?"

"We may be young but we're not ignorant. Generally younger generations are better with tech than older anyway. However, moving our base would be inconvenient. All you want is the old compad?"

"If you can fix it and will use it you keep it. You seem competent enough. Do any of you have medical skills though?"

"One of the boys used to help his pa bandage wounded soldiers, we haven't needed more than that yet. Are you some sort of medic?"

"I went to school for it a while ago, and brought a bioscanner and medkit. Is someone wounded?"

"Well... a few of the kids are sick. Meds were one of the things we were looking for at the store we hit."

"How sick, can they move? I don't know if me and one medkit can treat them all, might need more medical equipment. I can try, maybe tell you more about what they are sick with. Any psychics, or others with abilities? I know they can get pretty bad without the right training."

"They can move, just high fevers, headaches, and stuff like that. No psychics that I know of, but we've got a boy who's touched."

"Do you mind if I take a look at them, hopefully it's just a fever and nothing serious or contagious, how long have they been sick?"

"Not long, though it does seem to be contagious. Only one was sick a few days ago. I'll let you look at them. If you can help them, you'll get your compad back."

"Don't worry about it too much, honestly I came down here because I thought I could help. I don't want you to feel cut off especially if you need basic things like food, clean water, clothes, shelter, showers, access to the hospital, or basic medical training." Wes takes off the backpack and takes the medkit and bioscanner out. "Would you let me check you and your friend before I go in? You don't have to come with me if you don't have a vac suit or something. You both seem reasonable and you are the one the others look to as a leader, so you getting sick would be especially bad. I don't have to worry about it I'm a bit touched myself." Wes smiles at his own bad joke.

"I'll come with you, I've already seen them and haven't gotten sick. They're upstairs."

11:35 AM

She motions for the other girl to finish with the stew and heads over to the stairs.

Wes follows her to the stairs. (edited)

Upstairs she leads you through an entryway, door closed and windows shuttered, down a hallway and into a bedroom with three beds all occupied. Soft lamplight fills the room, showing you the children in the beds, skin glistening with sweat.

Wes scans them to see if he can find out what's wrong.

(Heal/wis)

(6)

Two of the three have genetic viruses, easily contained with medication to reduce fever. The third isn't something you recognize with your limited experience.

(what do you mean by genetic viruses that sounds serious. Would they need a hospital too for longer term treatment or a cure?)

(Sorry typo, generic virus)

(ok, lol so some anti-virals out of the medkit, does it seem like something they could have caught from the sewers, and nothing trips my meta senses right?)

(You don't sense anyone using powers. Could have been caught anywhere, but sewers is a likely place)

"Well these two, I should be able to treat with some anti-virals." Wes takes out what he needs and makes sure she can see what he's using and how he's administering the medicine. "Make sure anyone dealing with them washes their hands. The other one I'm not sure, they might need to go to the hospital or something."

"You think it's that serious? We've heard of a friendly doctor in the city, could we bring her here?"

"We could try, have you heard anything else about her?"

"I've heard she's touched. Name's Hannah. That's all I've heard."

"Is it safer down here or something? Why did you decide to live in the sewers?"

"Safer for us, no responsibilities to others, no expectations to society. We make our own rules here. They pretend to be friendly up there, but that's just so they can get what they want from you."

Wes is quiet for a bit thinking of how to respond. "I can understand not wanting to get tied down. If you stayed independent, but had more supplies, cleaner conditions, could get training for the stuff you don't already know, and had access to Plainsford if you needed a doctor or wanted a shower or something without having to worry about being picked up, would that interest you?"

"That all sounds nice in theory. But why are you so keen to help? I wouldn't think a guard would want to help us get set up outside their system. You could get in trouble I bet."

"Well, it's still my first day, maybe I'm not so good at this. Wes smiles again before looking a bit more serious. "I figure better a little separated and still helping each other rather than trying to force you to do work you don't want to. If you don't have to steal, or worry about being hungry, dirty or sick and can focus on other stuff, like whatever you find more interesting, that has to be better for everyone right? Who knows maybe one of you is the next Mozart or tech genius or something, and if you ever change your mind about getting a job or want to watch a movie, take a walk or whatever else you shouldn't be afraid of what will happen if you want to join everyone else even for just a little bit. Sorry if that's too corny. I didn't like being trapped or having to scavenge and hide just to live, and I don't think anyone else should be left in that situation if I can help it. I don't know how long setting that up would take, but I can at least leave you this stuff and come back with that doctor, for now."

"Hmph. I don't think anyone would do something like that for free. But you seem to be alright. You bring that doctor back and we'll talk about the rest then."

"Is it ok if I say I'm bringing in the doctor and your considering the rest then? I'll have to tell them something when I go back. Also I mentioned the nav comp earlier since I have one, and was using it to map the sewers. I'll either leave it with you and someone can take me back then wait for me and the doctor, or use it get back on my own. I might need to get the goggles back or at least keep the glowbug if I'm going back on my own though since I won't be able to see anything otherwise." (edited)

"You don't have to use the sewers unless you really want to. This house opens onto a street. We'll take you out that way blindfolded and let you free at an intersection. Bring the doctor there and one of us will meet you. Tell your guards whatever you want, just don't show up with them or the deal is off."

"Ok, sounds good I'll leave everything but my new guard compad. Do you think there's any chance I could get the pistol and stun baton back? It's just I think it's part of the uniform and I'm not sure how it will look if I don't come back with those." (edited)

9:25 PM

"I could bring you back a telekinetic generator to make up for it. I'm not sure if you can charge the batteries down here?"

"We have power here, batteries aren't a problem. We'll give you your weapons back after we drop you off."

"That works, thank you. Is there somewhere I should put the backpack?"

"Just leave it here for now, we'll have someone go through it and return it to you."

"Keep it if you need it, I can always get another one." Wes takes out the navcomp and puts it with the backpack. "Ok I think that's it, just need to go get blindfolded again I guess."

(not sure if you need the stuff listed again but compad, 3 type a batteries, low light goggles, glowbug post tech toolkit, 1 spare parts, medkit, bio scanner, navcomp with partial map of the sewers and route to their hideout. 20m tl4 rope, tl4 backpack, and 4 days rations, and the old broken compad. Just mentioning it again since I'm probably going to delete it off the sheet once you say it's ok.) (edited)

Zarine places the blindfold on again and leads you out to the door you saw earlier. Someone takes you out and you feel the sun on your face as you're led around for a few minutes before they spin you again and remove the blindfold. You're at an intersection not far from the bathhouse. Two boys are with you. "You heard the boss, bring the doctor back here and one of us will be waiting for you."

"I'll find Dr. Hannah and be back as soon as I can." Wes calls Jesse while heading to the bath house.

Jesse picks up, "Wes! Where are you? I tried following but got lost in the sewers."

"Do you think you can get yourself out and back to the base? I came out around the bath house."

"Yeah, I've passed some ladders I can get out through, want me to meet you there?"

"If you can, feel free to grab a shower. I'll check in with Riker I have to run some things by him, just didn't want to leave you in the dark down there."

12:32 PM

(did they have separate showers and laundry at the base or did they still use public ones?)

(They have their own)

1

Wes checks who's at the showers while he calls up Sargent Riker. (edited)

Beth is at the showers, looking at her compad. Probably watching another terrible movie.

12:52 PM

(It's still night time, just as a reminder)

1

12:52 PM

Riker picks up, "You alright Wes? I heard from Jesse you got picked up by some kids in the sewers then he lost you!"

"I'm fine thanks. I remembered what you said, and let them capture me. I met their leader, I think I could work something out with them where they stop stealing stuff, but first I have to find a Dr. Hannah and take her back to treat one of the kids, have you heard of her?"

"Yeah I've heard of her, a real nice lady from what I've heard. Skills to rival biopsions they say. If you can work out a deal, go for it. It'll make our job a lot easier without those kids running amok."

"Do you know where I could find her?"

"I haven't been there personally, but I can send you her info." Your compad pings and the location of her clinic shows up.

"Thanks Sarge. One last thing, I don't want to promise them something I can't deliver. Do you know what I could offer them in the way of clothes, food, or other supplies? I think that access to Plainsford for amenities like showers and access to medical care and other things above ground without being picked up, and leaving them alone in the sewers would be ok since it doesn't cost us any resources? I thought if we could get them focused on pursuing work that interested them, and not worrying about basic needs or being pressed into jobs they didn't want they wouldn't be so standoffish, and might even join us in some capacity eventually."

"Hmm, well you could work to organize something I'm sure. If they're not wreaking havoc in the city of course they'd be able to visit the showers and doctors and stuff. As for supplies, the military doesn't have enough to give out for free in bulk, maybe if you talked to some people around town you could get some donations or something."

"Sounds like a plan. I might try to see what they need or want to work on first, but maybe go back with a few things. Hopefully people won't feel like I'm shaking them down, but I think this could lead to something interesting. Alright I think I'm going to head back to base to catch a shower and change to a fresh uniform. Don't want to meet the doctor or ask people for things smelling like the sewers."

1:45 PM

Thinking for a second Wes calls the compad he gave Zarine as he walks to the base.

(I assumed you still had your compad since you've been calling people, she has your broken one)

(and the second one I bought at the general goods store, I have the new one the guards gave me?)

2:57 PM

(It's still on the sheet, I didn't delete it yet, but I think that's right.)

(Ah, you're good. Forgot you bought a second one)

1

3:00 PM

Zarine picks up, "Do you have the doctor?"

"Not yet, but I have her contact information. I just thought maybe you should send me the scans I took on the bioscanner in case she needs to bring something specific to help? I don't know what it means, but she probably will."

"I don't know how to work the scanner but I can try..."

3:45 PM

(You can roll a program/int -1 for her)

1

(7)

"I think I got it!" The scans come through, upside down but intact.

"That should work, thanks. I'll call the doctor up now."

"Come back soon. I think the one you pointed out is getting worse."

"I will, let me just talk to her maybe arrange a transport, I can skip the shower I'll be back as soon as I can, bye, sorry." Wes ends the call, then calls the doctor right away not waiting for a response from Zarine.

It's a few moments before you hear a sleepy voice answer, "Hello? This is doctor Hannah."

"Hello Doctor Hannah, This is Westley Milgrim with the guard, sorry to wake you, but there is a sick child in a deteriorating condition, and I have heard that you're the best doctor in Plainsford."

"Only doctor, more like. But I appreciate the thought. Where's the child? I'll be there as soon as I can."

"Do you know the intersection by the showers and Nora's Bakery, if you could meet me there I can explain on the way. I have some scans of them, I'm not sure if that will help." Wes sends the scans.

5:11 PM

"You might want to bring an atmofilter if you have one, we'll have to go into the sewers."

"Alright, I'll head that way immediately. See you soon."

6:51 PM

(You didn't go through the sewers when you left)

(thanks I wasn't sure since I was blindfolded and went out the other way.)

6:54 PM

"Thank you, doctor I'll see you there." Wes heads back to the intersection and messages Zarine. Be ready meeting the doctor at the intersection soon. (edited)

You reach the intersection and a few minutes later a woman shows up, looking a bit frazzled from being woken this late at night. "Hello there! You must be Wes right? Where's the child?"

"Yes I am, and that makes you Dr. Hannah right? Don't know if you've heard of the urchin children running around but it's one of them we're going to meet them here and be taken to their base."

"Oh dear, I do hope they're ok. I've heard about them and have worried quite a bit about the darlings. Where are we going? You said they live in the sewers? How dreadful."

"Yes, another reason I wanted to help them if we could. Maybe they'll listen to you about the importance of keeping clean, or moving out of there, I hope we'll be in time." (edited)

One of the boys who brought you out here appears out of the shadows, holding two blindfolds. "Are you two ready?"

"I'm ready how about you doctor?"

"Are we to be blindfolded? I suppose that's fine, to help the children."

"I think so, but don't worry we'll be alright."

The boy comes over and blindfolds you and Dr. Hannah, spinning both of you around again before leading you off through the streets. A few minutes of walking pass before you hear a rythmed knock and a door opening. You're ushered inside and the blindfolds are removed. You're in the entryway you briefly saw earlier, windows still shuttered, door locked behind you.

Wes leads the doctor up the stairs. "The patient is up here, do you need any help?"

(The entryway is upstairs, the large room downstairs is underground and connects to the sewers) "I'm not sure yet, stick around just in case."

1

"I'll be here, I just don't want to get in your way." Wes leads the doctor through the entry way down the hall to the bedroom where he saw the sick children before and points out the one he couldn't diagnose. (hopefully that's right? It took me a bit too long to understand them taking me out and leaving me at an intersection, and bringing us back was all above ground. Thanks.) (edited)

(Yeah that's right) The doctor follows closely behind. She looks at the children, "What did you find out about the other two?"

"It seemed like they had a virus so I gave them some broad spectrum anti-virals form the medkit. If you could check them after I would appreciate it, but this one was in the worst condition." (edited)

(Did you mean more like a common cold? did I get too caught up in the genetic viruses typo? or viruses part? would it be more cough syrup and getting them fluids type of thing? Or more like flu where you would use anti virals or medicine potentially in addition to that depending on age and other factors to prevent the onset of pneumonia? I thought the second since it was serious enough they let me see them.) (edited)

(Yeah I was thinking at least flu level sickness. I figure high tech meds would be able to kick something like that pretty easily though) "Yes, I'll check them after. Would you mind running your bioscanner one more time? I'm not technically trained as a doctor, so I'm still getting used to these things. It's my touch skills or whatever that lets me heal people."

1

"Interesting, well maybe we both need a crash course, but I think I can do that." Wes looks around the room for the scanner.

The scanner is where you left it and doctor Hannah looks over your shoulder as you start the scan. (Heal/int)

(9)

You're able to get more detailed scans this time, he seems to have a sort of autoimmune disorder.

Wes shows Dr. Hannah the scan. "It seems like he has an autoimmune disorder. His immune system is attacking his body. I can give him some anti-inflammatories, that will help some, but I don't think the medkit will have anything to cure him, just stop this attack, and stabilize him . Can you help him with your healing?" (edited)

"I'll do what I can to help, if it's not enough we may need to get him to the hospital in New Astria."

"Hopefully your healing does the trick, but I can get a vehicle and vac suit ready. Maybe that will prevent another attack while we get him to the hospital."

"You go, I'll get him stabilized at least, for transportation."

"Alright let me phone it in I don't want things to wait on me." Wes calls up Sergeant Riker.

"Riker here. You get things settled with the kids?"

"Partially, that's why I was calling, the doctor is going to see what she can do, but that kid is worse of than we thought. Dave said we had vehicles, do we have anything that could get us to the hospital in New Astria and a vac suit?"

"I'll call out for an atmoflyer, that'll be faster than anything we have here. Vac suits we've got plenty of. Can you bring the kid to the eastern edge of the city? The flyer has to land out there since there's no real runway built yet."

"I can try but I don't know if he can walk, you know the city better than me is that too far to carry him?"

2:18 PM

"From about the showers near the bakery?"

2:20 PM

Wes turns back to Dr. Hannah. "Doctor, you had a vehicle near where we came in right? Could we use it to get to the eastern edge of Plainsford? We can meet the atmoflyer to take us to the hospital there." (edited)

The doctor is concentrating on the boy, hands splayed above him, muttering under her breath. She pauses a moment to look up to you, "I've got a small grav car I use for emergencies, we can take that. It'll only fit you the boy and me though, there's not room for anyone else."

"I think that should be enough thank you." Wes looks around for Zarine.

2:39 PM

"Sarge, could we call it in to the hospital? I'm not sure how far the com network reaches."

"I think it'll just reach, I'll make the call after I get a flyer on the way." Zarine is standing nearby, watching everything.

"Zarine, you heard how serious this is. Is it ok for us to take him to the hospital if the doctor and I go with him?"

"I.. guess so. You'll bring him back? I wish one of us could come too..."

"Me too, do you have any way to get to the edge of town in time? I just think it would be good for us to be there to make sure he's ok while we get him to the hospital, maybe I could set it up so someone could come to stay with him after? They might have to keep him in some kind of containment so he doesn't get sick, and it would be nice to have a friendly face if he woke up somewhere unfamiliar." (edited)

Wes turns back to the doctor. "This might sound like a dumb question, but does your car have a trunk?"

"Why yes it does, what would you need it for?"

Wes sighs. "Do you think I could fit in it?"

"Erm. It certainly wouldnt be comfortable... but I suppose you could."

"If it's so the kid won't wake up alone I can deal with it. Do you know who you want to send Zarine?"

"I'll come myself, the others will be fine without me for a bit. You're going to ride in the trunk so I can come?"

"Yeah, if something happens I'll probably be ok in the trunk, do you mind if I ask you a favor though?"

"Depends. What is it?"

"It's kind of embarrassing, but could you talk to me while I'm in there, please? Nothing debilitating, but it's sort of uncomfortable for me to be locked alone in small spaces after I was trapped in my office for a while after the scream." (edited)

"Um, sure I guess. Not sure how well you'll be able to hear, but the ride shouldn't be very long."

"Thank you, anyway, I guess we just wait til' the doctor's done and he's ok enough to move."

Hannah stands up, stretching her back, "I've reduced the fever and I think he shouldn't get any worse as long as I'm nearby to tend to him periodically. To attempt a cure I'll need Dr. Lars's help."

"I guess we should take him to the car then?" (I didn't ask before but how old is the kid and how big?)

(He's small enough you can carry him by yourself. Like 8 or 9)

1

5:04 PM

Hannah does one more check on the other boys, your metapsi senses picking up the healing energy flowing into them. "The others should be fine with some rest. They'll need food and water when they wake. Will you carry the boy Wes?"

"I will, just lead us to the car." Wes turns to Zarine before picking up the boy. "Is it ok if we don't wear blindfolds this time? I don't want to be stumbling around while I carry him." (edited)

She frowns before nodding, "We won't worry about them, you've earned that much trust I think."

"I'm glad you trust me, I'm more worried about your friend than your hideout anyway." Wes picks up the boy and moves to follow Doctor Hannah. (edited)

You exit the building into a narrow alley that opens onto a main street just down the road from the intersection they took you to. The doctor leads the small group through the night to where she parked her gravcar. "Are you sure you want to get in the trunk? Maybe we can squish you in elsewhere?"

"If I can fit without crowding you while you're driving or the patient, but if the trunk is easier I'll make do for the ride."

"Here's a thought, Zarine is small, she can sit up front with you while you drive and I'll squish in back with the patient so I can keep watch on him. It'll be tight but I think it'll work."

"Ok, if you think it will work. I did get a little training, and there shouldn't be any asteroids on the way to the atmoflyer." Wes puts the boy into the back seat with Doctor Hannah, then gets behind the wheel. (edited)

The streets are empty this time of night and you easily make your way to the eastern side of town. You can just make out some flashing lights in the sky that seem to be descending your way.

"Well that's probably our ride."

"Looks like it, help me get the boy out so we can load him in."

"Alright." Wes gets out of the driver's seat then helps the doctor out, and picks up the boy again to take him to the atmoflyer. (edited)

The flyer lands, a spray of gravel and sand kicking up as it slides to a stop. A dark skinned man with close cropped hair gets out, "I hear there's a boy to take to the hospital?"

"Yes, glad you're here, I think Riker said you'd have a vac suit for the boy?" (edited)

"We've got some on board, though they'll be a bit big on him. Let's get him on. I'm Dig by the way." Dig helps you and the boy board the flyer

"Thanks, good to meet you Dig. The fit shouldn't matter too much. It's just to keep things from getting at him. Immune system problems." (edited)

"Poor lad.. here's a suit for him. I'll get the flyer started up, you guys get settled back here."

Wes nods to Dig then starts putting the suit on the boy and getting him strapped in.

10:14 PM

He turns to Doctor Hannah. "Before I get him fully covered, do you have to touch him to keep him stable? and can you do it through the suit?" (edited)

"Well yes, but I suppose we can always open it up if he starts going downhill. I'll leave that up to you, again I'm not really trained to do this. I only became a healer because of my powers, I just want to help people."

"Hmm, it shouldn't be too hard to take off a glove or something if we need to. I'll watch him, you should rest during the flight if you can. Healing like that must take some energy."

"That's true, if you keep an eye on him I'll just close mine for a minute." She leans back and falls asleep quickly, exhausted from her work as well as being woken up in the middle of the night.

8:36 AM

The flyer shakes and bounces for a moment as it moves and accelerates on the gravel before taking off towards New Astria.

Wes looks at the boy then turns to Zarine and speaks to her in a hushed tone. "They both seem to be sleeping soundly, but how are you doing?"

"I'm just worried. For him, for our little group. I know things will change, but for many of them this is the only way for them to be in control of their own lives. I don't want them to lose that."

"Hopefully none of you will lose that, just get a different kind of control, that's why I wanted you guys to be able to choose what kind of things you learned or activities you did. No forced labor, but everyone is interested in something right? What would you do if you didn't have to worry as much about making sure the others were provided for?"

(Sorry, had no service all morning) "I... I don't really know what I'd do. Before we made it to the city it was do or die and I did what was needed for our little group to survive. Some are young enough that they hardly remember before the scream. It's hard to lead a normal life after that, when survival is all you know."

(No worries man, I appreciate any response you have family over, and service is spotty sometimes.) (edited)

"I'm impressed that you kept them alive and together through the wilderness. I don't know if any of us will have normal lives for a while, but maybe you all can worry about finding yourself, having fun and the other things that come with being young instead of what you'll have to do to survive."

"We'll figure it out I guess. I don't really like the idea of relying on someone other than ourselves for things. Don't know if that'll ever change. We've suffered too much hardship to throw everything we've earned for ourselves away. Maybe after more of us have grown we can start our own town. Maybe even on a different planet, who knows. We won't be split up though. No foster parents or orphanages. We're family."

“Thank you for trusting me to help you and your family. Being apart from them is hard, but it’s only temporary. I don’t want you separated either. I hope I help you accomplish your goal. Maybe you’ll even see not everyone else is so bad while you learn what you need to, to found your own city, whatever planet it’s on.”

You see lights in the distance outside the window and you can feel the atmoflyer start to descend. Zarine shrugs, "You're suspiciously helpful and I won't be surprised if you betray us. But I have to trust you for the sake of our group."

"Hopefully you at least want to trust me? I guess I should tell I'm a little psychic, just enough to see it in others. Touched too, I don't have to sleep or worry about other things like eating or drinking , and dying doesn't seem to stick, not that I've tried to make it. I can tell you the whole story sometime if you want, but it's not as interesting as it sounds. Found that stuff out after not living through the scream coming back in an hour with a nasty headache, then ending up on the wrong part of a bit of rebar finding out what a feral was. You get good at hiding when its death otherwise, but I don't have to tell you that. Don't need to move around much when you don't have to go looking for food and water, pretty boring though. Sorry if that's too weird to spring on you. Something normal, name's Westley Milgram, you can call me Wes, not sure if I introduced myself, probably easier to trust someone you can put a name to." (edited)

"Weird isn't bad, and I've met weirder than you." The flyer touches down on an airstrip just north of the city, mostly hidden in the dark of night. Dr. Hannah wakes at the impact and goes to check on the boy. "Looks like we're here."

"Weirder than me huh? you'll have to tell me about that sometime. Lets get your friend inside." Wes unbuckles himself then the child before picking him up and trying to gently wake the doctor. "Doctor Hannah, we're here." (edited)

Hannah and Zarine help you get the boy off the flyer, you see another gravcar waiting next to a hangar. Thankfully this one is large enough to fit everyone comfortably.

Wes puts the boy in with the doctor, then gets in himself. (Wasn't sure if this one had a driver or if Wes was driving again.)

As you approach the car, a young man not much older than Zarine steps out and helps you load the boy in the back. "Hey, I'm Jake I work at the hospital here with Lars. How's the boy doing?"

"Nice to meet you Jake, I'm Wes. I think he's stable now, but I'll feel better once he's at the hospital." (edited)

"It's across town, but this late at night it shouldn't take long to get there. Are you a doctor too?" The others all load into the gravcar and Jake takes off quickly southward.

"Well sort of, but I'm a bit out of practice. Psychiatrist, but I believe in a more Psychology based treatment when possible so just usually describe myself as such for ease of reference, and Dr. Milgram makes me feel old so Wes is fine."

"Oh gotcha, so not a medical doctor." The gravcar drives through a sleeping city, shadows obscuring most of it so you don't get a good view. Eventually the car slows to a stop and you see a long two story building ahead of you. Jake turns towards you, "We're here."

"No one respects the social sciences, I went to med school." Wes sulks mumbling under his breath while he takes the boy out of the car and heads towards the hospital. (edited)

Inside you see a waiting room softly lit by a dimmed lamp. A set of double doors lead further in to a long hallway of patient's rooms. Jake holds one of the doors open for you.

"Thanks Jake." Wes enters with the boy and looks for an empty bed to put him down on. (edited)

You enter the hallway and a door opens further down. A man with a striking resemblance to Jake pokes his head out and waves you over.

Wes walks over to the man.

"Bring him in here and get him in the bed. I'm Dr. Lars."

Wes puts the boy in the bed. "Well met Dr. Lars, Westley Milgram, but you can call me Wes. Thank you for sending Jake to pick us up."

Lars goes around the room, setting up various diagnostic equipment and gathering an assortment of medications. "Of course. And good to see you again, Dr. Hannah. Your skills will be useful here. Alright, Wes. Tell me everything you know about the boy and his condition."

"I know he's been with the children living in the sewer, hygene is less a priority than survival there, all I could tell from the scans was he had an auto immune disorder. My theory is that the flu the others got triggered an attack in him when he contracted it. He was being kept close to the others who contracted it since his symptoms were similar. Through my treatment and that of Dr. Hannah he remains stable. I thought putting him in the suit would create a closed environment, so he would remain stable in transit and Dr. Hannah could rest a bit after healing him initially. I think that's everything, though Zarine might know more if you still have any questions." (edited)

"Hmm, your assessment seems correct from what I can tell. He certainly shouldn't be hanging about in a sewer, though I think I'll be able to help with that. Thanks for getting him here quickly Wes, things could have been a lot worse. You and Zarine go get some sleep and I'll look after him for a while. Doctor Hannah, if you could stay here for tonight just in case I need you that would be lovely."

"Would it be ok if she waited nearby too? I thought having a familiar face close by would be a good thing for him, and I don't think she would want to go far. Do you need help with anything else around here? I don't really sleep anymore, that's not just a turn of phrase touched and all that."

"Sure, she can stay in one of the empty rooms here, most are unoccupied. I think Hannah and I have this boy covered, and there's not really much you could to do this time of night. I'd suggest just taking it easy for a minute, surely mental rest is still helpful."

"Alright, I'll get Zarine set up in a room first at least, but I might come back to observe or get a feel for the city, there isn't a curfew or anything like that is there?"

"No curfew, just don't cause a ruckus." The two doctors turn to their patient and Zarine heads into the hallway to look for a room.

"Didn't plan on it." Wes nods to the Doctors then goes to help Zarine find a room.

Zarine looks down either side of the hallway and shrugs, "Where should I go?"

"Any empty room you want I guess, maybe one close? I don't think the beds are being used, but they should be made up. Are you hungry? I know you missed out on dinner."

"Now that you mention it, I am a bit hungry." She stifles a yawn, "Maybe you could grab some food while I take a quick nap?"

"Sure, anything you want? I was thinking of checking out the place a little while we're here."

"Whatever you can find is fine, not sure any place is open this late but it should be morning pretty soon."

"Maybe not, I'll try to be back with something by the time you wake up at least. You alright on getting pillows and all that? You should be able to take extra from the other beds if you want them." (edited)

"I should be alright, you get going. I'll settle down."

Wes heads out of the hospital trying to get a feel for New Astria, and see what's open at this time.

Not much is open, though you see a few people on the streets, up early for their various labors. A few fishing boats dot the harbor, readying for a morning trip. After walking about for a bit you wander upon a pub that seems to be open, a few sleepy patrons still being served.

Wes enters the pub.

The pub is mostly deserted, one man is asleep at a table, another staring into his mug at the bar. Another stands behind the bar, cleaning some mugs with a rag. He looks up as you enter, giving a weary but friendly smile, "Hello there, friend! Name's Gerald. What brings you out this early in the morning?"

5:50 PM

(3xp 5000 credits for your night shift)

(should I do the level up now? Just thought I would ask since I wasn't sure with all that Ed stuff? Or was that more level up mid gunfight to not get hit bad? Also I was thinking of washing dishes or something since I spent my money on the sewer delving equipment I gave to the kids would that still make sense?) (edited)

(Yeah he was in the middle of the mission still, he had gotten the xp a long time before. You can always level up whenever I give xp)

1

(OK, pretty simple rolled the same so up one hp to 25, put one point in each to bring up to 0 for perform, notice, and work.)

1

6:09 PM

(shoot let me check if ac goes up I keep forgetting about ironhide.)

(Level 4? It goes up every 2 levels) (edited)

( it's half rounded up so it goes up on odd right 3/2 is one and a half rounded up for 15 plus 2 but half of four is still an extra 2?) (edited)

(Yeah, then it'll go up to +3 next level)

1

"Good morning, pleasure to meet you Gerald, I'm Wes. Just came over from Plainsford brining a kid to Dr. Lars , do you need any help cleaning up or getting ready? I was hoping to maybe bring some breakfast for the folks at the hospital."

(Sorry, I forgot Ab goes up one from 2 to 3 since it's +1 at first and fifth then one every two levels.) (edited)

"Leave the cleaning to me, nothing better to do this time of day. I'll have my cook make you up something, any requests? We've mostly got a variety of fish and eggs, I can brew some coffee as well."

"That would be nice, would you mind if help a little in the kitchen? I'm mainly a baker, but I'm interested in learning all of the culinary arts." (edited)

"A baker? Of course, we've the ingredients for bread though we usually don't make it till a bit later so it's fresh for our morning customers. You're free to make some for yourself to take though."

"Oh, if you think it would be alright, and you have the ingredients I could try to bake something. I was more thinking of doing prep work to help your cook with the meals. I've only really made rolls so far, but I'm a fast learner."

"Sure, head on back. Harry will take care of you." He gestures to a door behind the bar.

"Thank you Gerald." Wes goes through the door then looks for a sink to get cleaned up a little before talking to Harry."

The heat of the stove and the smell of good food hit you as you enter. A wide man stands next to one of two sinks, his back to you. He looks to be busy chopping something.

Wes walks up to Harry and tries to get his attention without surprising him too much while he's chopping. "Hello Harry, I'm Wes, Gerald said it would be alright if I helped you cook my order, and maybe bake some bread later?" (edited)

Harry turns, a perpetual scowl on his large face the equal to Gerald's friendly smile. "You can cook your own food, I won't trust some stranger to cook for customers. You make a mess and you're out." Looking around the kitchen is nearly spotless, appliances and ingredients labeled and organized neatly. Harry's apron is stark white, not a stain on it.

Wes feels a mix of emotions at Harry's words, and the cleanliness of the kitchen after the disorder, and mess of the sewers, but overall is eager for another challenge, and smiles as he takes in Harry and his immaculate apron and kitchen. "Yes chef."

(Let's do work/wis for this)

(8)

(What all are you wanting to make?)

(the food, and bread, so maybe an egg, and fish breakfast sandwich with biscuits instead of bread to put the fish and egg in?) (edited)

You make all the food and it looks... fairly edible. Without the careful instruction you had last time the egg's a bit runny and the fish slightly burnt. The biscuits look decent having cooked something similar. It's not professional quality but it should make a good breakfast for someone very hungry.

Wes packages up the food and hopes Doctor Hannah, Zarine and the others are hungry enough to eat it. He then makes sure to clean the kitchen until it's back in the immaculate state he found it. (edited)

Harry gives a stern nod at your cleanliness, otherwise ignoring you. You hear the bar door open and a few early risers trickle in for the breakfast Harry's making.

(Fish and egg breakfast biscuit was better than I thought assembled some to try for breakfast.) Wes nods to Harry then takes the food out front to Gerald. "Well I think it's edible at least, and ok for a first attempt. How much do I owe you for this and the coffees?"

"You put the work in, it's on me this time. Keep practicing and maybe Harry'll let you help out sometime!"

"Thanks Gerald, that's kind of you. I hope so, he keeps a clean kitchen. Have a good day." Wes smiles at Gerald as he picks up the coffees then heads back to the hospital. (edited)

The eastern horizon is just starting to lighten when you return. The lobby is empty and the door to the boy's room is closed. You're not sure which room Zarine ended up in.

Wes tries to peek into the room without opening it incase they've made it into a sterile environment.

(No windows on the doors, there's one outside if you wanted)

Wes decides not to risk it and go looking for Doctor Hannah, or Zarine. (edited)

(Just opening doors at random? Let's get a luck save just for fun)

((success 18 vs 12 luck save) I made a mental save as well incase I needed to remember that I have both of their compad numbers.) (edited)

The very first door you open is apparently the one Zarine chose, she's sleeping peacefully on the bed. (edited)

Wes leaves a breakfast biscuit and coffee for Zarine then goes to look for Doctor Hannah. (edited)

Hannah is in the room next to Zarine and she sits up as you enter, "Thanks Wes. I'm tired but I couldn't sleep, so that coffee smells delicious."

Wes hands her one of he coffees and a biscuit. "I made you some breakfast at Gerald's the Biscuit turned out ok I don't know about the rest, I won't be offended if you just scrape it off or only drink the coffee."

"That's mighty kind of you, it's the thought that counts." She sips her coffee and sighs contentedly. "I should grow some coffee beans in my garden at home. Mostly I grow flowers and herbs. I was a gardener before the scream you know. I know I can do amazing things now with these abilities, but I miss the simplicity of before sometimes."

"That's part of why I signed up for the guard, to try and bring back a few of the luxuries, and the little things lost in the chaos of the scream. Help people live rather than just survive. Maybe I could help you plant some coffee beans when we get back?" (edited)

"Do you have much experience gardening?" She tries one of the biscuits and gives an only slightly forced smile.

"Not much but, I'm a quick learner, and I don't get tired so helping you shouldn't be too hard. Please don't force yourself to eat those, thank you for the thought though." (edited)

She politely sets the food aside, "Well perhaps you should practice cooking before you move on to other things. You get good enough and I'll supply you with some excellent spices and herbs from my garden alright?"

"That makes sense. I made some pretty good rolls, but don't have that much experience. I have a lot of free time being awake 24/7 though so I thought I would offer."

"Not much gardening to do at night and things take time and patience to grow. Stop by my clinic sometime when we're back in Plainsford, I'll show you around."

"I work night patrol. So I'm free during the day. I'll have to take you up on that sometime. I'm sure your garden is beautiful, but I was living in the ruins a few days ago. Compared to that everything seems beautiful." (edited)

She smiles as she sips more of her coffee. "I should check in with Lars. Is Zarine doing ok?"

"She was still asleep. I wanted to let her rest, but I left her a breakfast. How is her friend doing?" (edited)

"He's going to make it. Lars is very competent. Years of medical practice outweighs a novice with powers any day. I'll need to learn more if I want to be useful."

"I'm glad he'll be ok. You were able to keep that kid stable, that's more than I did. You don't treat your gift as a crutch, seem to genuinely care about your patients and can recognize the gaps in your knowledge that says to me you have the potential to be a great doctor or whatever you decide to do. Lars might know more in the hospital right now, but I'm sure you know more about herbs and succulents and paired with your gift that makes you very useful. Damn, now I feel a little useless." Wes smiles, chuckling a little.

She smiles at you, "Thanks, that means a lot. And you're not useless, you just need to find what you're passionate about. Besides you saved this boy's life as much as we did."

"I guess that's true, either way thanks for saying it. My big idea was to use the information I got from direct observation to try and treat one of the Ferals. That's what I used to do, but I'm worried I might be too rusty after being by myself for so long, and I'm still a little afraid of talking to whoever else made it out of the academy. I was kind of an ass before the scream, and the whole thing doesn't seem like it made them feel any more forgiving at least going by Draper." (edited)

Hannah chuckles, "From the little experience I have with Mr. Draper I don't think he's very forgiving to anybody. Malbrook is nice though, he helped me figure out my abilities. I don't know much about ferals but you might want to talk to them while you're here if that's what you're interested in."

(I wasn't sure how it would work with Wes having been an ambitious jerk, and lothario. I didn't want to mention specific things or professors, students or their famlies without knowing what you have in mind for the npcs.)

(I had figured you probably weren't well liked by the staff, many of them were prejudiced against restricted psychics too. My thought is you got the job cause rich parents donated a lot or something lol, but you can play it however you want)

1

(I figured some of both, with a little bit of he knew what he was doing, and how to hide stuff so it would have been a pain to fire him just to put salt in the wound. He probably doesn't even remember which professors or masters dislike him specifically. Does that sound ok? Man I'm going to get killed when I set foot in there lol.)

"Maybe I'll try to talk to Malbrook, but I think his usual good humor just made me try to get a rise out of him more." Wes hangs his head. "Well, better you find out from me. I'll have my work cut out for me proving I've changed. Hopefully it goes better than my run in with the Ferals, maybe the guard uniform will make them hesitate, and at least I know a few good Doctors." Wes' laugh and smile are a lot more nervous and a bit forced this time. (edited)

"I'm sure you'll be just fine! Would you like to come check on the boy with me?"

"Sure, if that's alright."

Hannah leads the way down the hall to the boy's room. She knocks on the door softly before entering. Lars is asleep in a chair in the corner as the boy rests in the bed. Looking at the diagnostic equipment you can tell the boy is stabile, though your medical knowledge isn't quite enough to tell if he's getting better or not.

"Well, at least he's stable, do you know when Zarine could see him or visit him?" Wes puts another coffee and biscuit down on a table next to Lars.

"As soon as he wakes I imagine." Lars stirs and wakes as you set the coffee down, "Oh, good morning. Just sat down to rest for a minute, I guess I fell asleep."

"You earned it, I didn't mean to wake you, but brought you some breakfast and coffee. Maybe just drink the coffee. I'll take you guys to Gerald's and let Harry cook it this time if you're still hungry?"

"Oh, thank you." He tries the biscuit, "Not too bad, just a little dry. It'd go well with some honey."

"You guys have honey here? I guess that makes sense with the flowers and farms and all. I'm glad some bees survived the scream." (edited)

"It's pricey for now, but there are a couple hives around." He stands and goes over to the boy, "He's going to be alright, though he'll need to stay here a while for treatment."

"That's good to hear, and I'm sure he'll be fine with you and your staff. Would it be alright if Zarine at least stayed while he was treated. I don't want to separate them, or for him to feel alone when he wakes up."

"Of course, she's welcome as long as she wants. Doctor Hannah I believe is returning to Plainsford this afternoon, will you be joining her or sticking around for a while?"

"Do you mind waiting a little before heading out? I wanted to speak Malbrook? I'd feel a little bit better if you were still here, and I have some promises I need to keep to the kids, and Nora back in Plainsford. Thought I would look up her son while I was here. I might have to talk to Zarine a little as well. I don't want her to wake up and find me gone. I don't think any of that should take too long though, maybe you can even give me that tour when we get back, if you feel up to it?" (edited)

"You have most of the day though I'm not sure you have time to do all that. I have to get back, I have patients of my own that need help. You're free to stay here for a few days and come back later though."

"Well I'll try. Just talking to them shouldn't take too long and if I get his name and where he's supposed to work from Nora, maybe Gerald or someone knows where I can find him? Well I'll get started if I have to stay an extra day or more I'll deal with it then I guess. Let me go check if Zarine is awake." Wes heads back to the room where Zarine was sleeping to she if she's woken up yet. (edited)

Zarine is awake and drinking the coffee, all the food you left has been eaten.

"Good morning, I see you found the breakfast I made you, did you sleep well?" (edited)

"Not long enough, but it was fine. Thanks for the food. Can I go see him?"

"You're welcome." Wes smiles at the thought of someone appreciating his cooking. "I think you can, he's not awake yet, but he's ok. He will have to stay at the hospital while they treat him, but they said you can stay here while he recovers." (edited)

"I think I will, the kids can handle themselves for a bit. He shouldn't be left alone here. What are your plans?"

"Well, I wanted to talk to you about that. I didn't want to just leave you stranded here. I planned to look into the psychics here, and maybe talk to Nora's son. Then maybe see who I can ask to start what we talked about for you and your family before, and go back to plainsford to do the same? Does that seem ok?"

"Sounds fine, don't worry about me though. I'll make sure we get home when he's up to it."

"You're probably better at taking care of yourself than I am, I'll send you a compad message if need to run anything by you, or otherwise need your help. I hope you trust me enough to do the same if you get into trouble. Is there anything else you’d want or think you might need? or something that I could do to convince you and your family they’d be safe in the town, and snatching things wasn’t necessary to survive anymore?" (edited)

"I don't think there's anything we need right now. We'll see about the rest when we get back to Plainsford."

"OK, you stay safe, your family will never forgive me if something happens to you two, and watch out for that boy Jake he seemed a little too friendly." Wes gives Zarine a stern paternal look before breaking into a smile.

She scowls at you and sips her coffee. "Bye."

Wes looks a little panicked. "Sorry, it was a dumb joke, I'm bad with people. I told you I was stuck by myself for 3 years right? I know you can take care of yourself, I'm going to leave now before you ground me or something." Wes hurries out the door wilting under Zarine's piercing gaze. "That doesn't bode well. You could have warned me. Crap." Thinking there's one person even he can't alienate, and needing a pep talk before he heads into the Lion's Den. Wes calls up Nora as he heads towards the Psychic Compound. (edited)

Nora doesn't pick up, her compad asks you if you want to leave a message. You imagine she's either sleeping still or up early and baking already.

"Hey, Nora just calling to check in. I'm in New Astria, I had to take a kid to the hospital there. I probably won't make it for baking lessons, but thought I could look up your son for you while I'm here? Hopefully you get this before I come back. Well wish me luck I'm going to talk to my old colleagues from the academy, hopefully they'll be as forgiving as you are. I don't remember if I told you I was psychic and touched, but since I don't know what will happen and I trust you hopefully it won't change anything. Well I'm going to hang up now before the message cuts off. Have a good day." Wes speaks quickly to avoid getting cut off and because he's still a bit of a mess his hand shakes as he hangs up the phone and starts sending a message to Beth. (edited)

9:45 AM

Then realizes Beth never gave him her compad information, and fells slightly worse as he continues towards the psychics. (edited)

The Psionic Order complex is close to the hospital, after getting directions you find it quite easily. You see a large three story building with an open archway for a door, surrounded by a tall gate with two guards flanking the entrance.

Wes looks at the guards checking their uniform and waves.

10:09 AM

(do they match his?)

(They're very similar) The guard nods to you, "What's your business here?"

"I just brought a kid to the hospital from New Plainsford, I'm off duty, but wanted to speak with those in charge. I was part of the faculty back at the academy, and I only recently got away from there, but I've been cleared. It's been a long night patrol. If you would let me talk to them before I head back I'd appreciate it." (edited)

The guard checks his compad, "Wes Milgram? You can head on in."

Wes nods to them. "Thank you, have a safe shift."

Wes enters the complex eyes darting back and forth, expecting to hear a telekinetic blast only slightly before he dies the third time. (edited)

No one attacks as you pass through the archway and down a long hallway. It opens up on the central atrium, glass roof currently closed for night, though the soft glow of sunrise is enough to light the room slightly. An assortment of plants are spread across the room, growing vibrantly in the controlled environment. You don't see any people currently.

Wes looks at the plants thinking of Doctor Hannah's garden. He sighs and looks for other hallways or doors branching off of the Atrium.

There are three more hallways branching off, one at each cardinal direction including the entrance. On the second and third floors, a balcony rings the atrium and you can see doors to various rooms branching off up there.

Wes looks up at the balcony rooms to try and see if anyone is in them, they look fancier than the others and if there are stairs visible to the other levels or if the psychics are just expected to fly or walk up with their telekinesis.

You don't see anyone in any rooms currently, but looking down the hallways there seem to be stairs at the ends of each.

(you said four cardinal directions is south back out?)

(Entrance is to the north)

Wes looks at the four directions, briefly considers going West, but decides to venture deeper in continuing South.

Going south you pass an ornate dining hall on one side and a kitchen on the other. Someone is currently eating eggs and fish at the dining table, apparently a common breakfast dish here, their back is to you.

Wes stops and stays still, then looks at their hair to see if it's the same color as Draper's.

The frame is much smaller than Draper's though both have dark hair.

Wes lets out a sigh of relief forgetting himself for a second, realizes what he's done, then starts talking quickly hoping to make his case before they turn around, getting even faster at the end, bracing himself for something. "Hello name's Wes I'm looking for one of the teachers or other staff or someone to point me to Malbrook I've head he's forgiving you know where I could find him pleasedon'tkillme." (edited)

The man gestures to the chair next to him, which you notice has already been pulled out for you. "The professor will be down in either 4 minutes or 27, depending on a number of factors. I was training to be a professor when the scream struck, so I suppose I would consider myself a teacher if we ever find some students. My name is Mareus."

Almost in shock Wes moves to the seat and sits without a word, the whole time eyes locked on the man's face trying to remember if he met him before and wronged him somehow. And thinking how this is another stupid trap he's walked himself into. (His next question would be if and when Draper was coming to breakfast in case you wanted to answer it ahead of time that's kind of cool.) (edited)

(Precog's not quite that specific, he has to actively look into a single event rather than a passive knowledge of the future.) He looks up at you as you sit. His face is unfamiliar to you, he looks slightly younger than you.

"Do you know if Draper will pop in for breakfast or when he will? Did I ever meet you? I dealt with some students and faculty, but you don't seem familiar to me. I was under the influence of quite a few things back then though so I don't have the clearest recollection."

1:57 PM

(sorry if it was weird to ask it anyway, I figure Wes' panic is overpowering his knowledge of psychics and changing the question after telling you might be a little cheap. Thanks for the explanation though my knowledge of psychic powers is still a little shaky.)

"I'm not sure if we've met or not, but likely not. Draper rarely eats here, he doesn't spend much time here at all really. Mostly it's just Malbrook and me."

"Just the two of you? No one else survived?"

2:04 PM

"Or I guess three counting Draper."

"A few others have surfaced recently. I believe we have eight currently registered psychics. More may have survived, but I think it unlikely."

"Do you have any idea how many Ferals there are?"

"We had many psychics on this planet when the scream happened. We suspect roughly half died instantly. Of the rest who knows how many have survived this long."

"Does anyone have any idea what happened on the moon, or why the animals are going crazy?"

"There has been no contact with the Zadack yet. I believe they are close to completing a shuttle that could travel to the moon though. A few of our own went to find out about the beasts, it seems a feral is behind it though it escaped them."

"A feral having influence over the minds of others even animals is a bit distressing, and they're still roaming free?" Wes shakes his head and shudders at the idea of having his mind controlled by a Feral. Maybe I'll look into the ship, I've been told there are aqueous capable ones built already, perhaps there is one that could get into orbit? I don't have to worry about the dangers of space travel as much as most. I guess I should tell you my story in case Malbrook isn't as forgiving as I hope? Unless you think you could talk to him for me? Maybe I could use my research as a bargaining chip as meagre as it is?" (edited)

"Nothing as of yet can leave atmo, the shuttle will be the first. Why wouldn't Malbrook be forgiving? He's been a kind pleasant fellow as long as I've known him."

Wes scratches his neck. "Well I worked at the Academy, I was a Counselor there, I wasn't satisfied with the position I was relegated to as a recently empowered partial metapsionic. I sort of took that out on any full psychic teacher I could either directly or not, and Malbrook was an easy target. I'm still not sure how, but I was lured to and trapped in my office several days before the scream. I thought it a callous prank but someone would come and let me out eventually, then the scream happened and I felt a horrible pain and surge of energy then I died, at least for an hour. I still don't understand it, but that wasn't the only time just the first. Confused I waited in my office for a while thinking I was being singled out and attack for pick a reason. After another day I tried to escape. It took months. Upon leaving my office for the first time I tried to help a student, but he didn't take to kindly to me and sent a piece of rebar through my stomach it was painful and slow I was awake for every moment until he decided to finish me off. Then an hour later I guess he got bored and I woke up again wounded, but alive. After that I hid not leaving my office, except when everything was quiet enough I would risk a trip to the roof, but it seemed most of the students never left the academy. Stranded not needing food, water or sleep, but still unable to escape. I spent the time observing some of them and thinking of ways to maybe save a few, but I didn't dare to talk to any after what happened the first time. I finally realized no one was coming for me, and made a run for it. I almost died again trying to investigate someone using powers. Then I made my way to Plainsford. That was only three days ago." (edited)

2:55 PM

"Have you heard of any others with powers similar to mine? They said they hand't in Plainsfield, or anyone who was touched and psychic even partially like me."

"You're better off talking to Malbrook about any new strange abilities, he's been categorizing and studying them. To my knowledge none of the psychics I've met have also been touched, but the sample size is incredibly small so that's not saying much. Sounds like quite the ordeal, you may want to talk to a counselor of sorts yourself."

Is there someone? I thought maybe I could help with that. I had some ideas. Hmm if asked you where Noras son would be that wouldn't mean anything to you would it? Have you heard of any of the Ferals being more or less stable mentally some I observed weren't violent, but that usually just made them targets eventually in my experience. (edited)

"We've recently had a team scout out the academy who had since interesting discoveries. Most ferals are mindless and largely violent. Two of our own met a surprisingly coherent feral, though still quite insane. You'd have to talk to them about it for more information, they're on a salvage mission to the old city currently though."

"In the city huh, I heard there were turrets defending it, do you know anything about that or how they got in? Or is that something I should ask about at the hanger like a flight plan or something? Sorry I'm a bit new to piloting, I'm not sure of all of the terms yet, but I think that's right. "

Wes thinks for a second. "I wonder if we could get into the city by sewer, not that it would be any more safe, and insane but coherent seems workable I'd be eager to talk to them, do you know if they had compads, or a server set up? Them or the team in the city?" Wes' panic has mostly given way to excitrment between coherent not immiadetly violent ferals being mentioned, the rare presence of Draper, and more references to Malbrooks good nature.

"I've no idea what sort of sewers the city may have had, but nothing would have led to outside the city. The defenses are for aircraft, they land out of range and walk in. There's no service in the old city, the residual energy there would likely interfere with a server if they brought one, I have no idea what they took with them."

"Do you know if the energy interferes with telepathic communication? It seems worth investigating."

"I don't imagine it would, though most telepaths dont have that kind of range. They did capture a feral from the academy. He's currently sedated at the hospital if you'd like to see him."

"Interesting do you know if they scanned him, I'm eager to see what's so different about Ferals, and if I can do it without asking Mr. Draper it will be a personal victory."

7:36 PM

"Or am I being to harsh, do you think he would answer questions about it? I only know he is capable of telling who is Feral because he cleared me so he can't hate me too much, I think?" (edited)

"Metapsis of sufficient skill and practice can tell and Draper's the best one left. I doubt he'd answer your questions, he's not much for chatting. I think that Keaton fellow scanned the feral with a bioscanner maybe, I can't remember."

"Do you think he would train me, Meta is the only thing I can learn, but I heard once if I get skilled enough I could get access to other paths, or was that just a rumor unrestricted students started as a prank?"

"He was never much of a teacher, that's why he stuck to politics. Malbrook is still quite skilled if you need a teacher. He may be the telekinesis master, but all masters are proficient in metapsionics as well." (edited)

"I'll speak with Malbrook at least then, maybe I'll try to mend fences with Draper, or see what Malbrook recommends, first."

"Hmm, seems like it was the 27 minutes for him. Interesting. Would you like something while you wait? I know you said you don't eat, but you can still taste surely."

"I can taste, but I usually only eat or drink during special occasions or when I'm cooking, what would you recommend? and do you or Malbrook usually cook for yourselves? I imagine a telekinetic master could be interesting to watch in the kitchen." (edited)

"He and I cook for ourselves, yes. Nothing fancy, but we get by. There's supplies in the kitchen if you're wanting to cook yourself."

"Not if you don't need it, I've already ruined some innocent cooking supplies today, but I could maybe make some pancakes or something quick if you have the ingredients, do you know what Malbrook might like?"

"Pancakes would be fine, we have things for that. The syrup from here is a bit bitter, but it works. Malbrook isn't particularly picky with his food."

"Maybe not but, I'm trying to butter him up,

hopefully the pancakes will do the trick, let me go take a look at your kitchen, would you like anything?" (edited)

Mareus rolls his eyes exaggeratedly, "You know, he'd probably like that terrible pun. I'm all set, and I have business of my own to attend to. I'll let you get to it. I'm sure I'll see you again soon."

"Wait don't you want to say good morning to him?" Wes takes a long breath. "Sorry, I'll be alright, here before you go I'll give you my compad information, you never know when you'll need a semi-immortal aspiring chef."

"We see each other enough and his morning will be the same whether I wish it good or not. I do hope you're able to learn more from that feral. I shall see you again."

Wes sighs relieved again, since that probably means he won't get killed talking to the masters at least. He then goes to the kitchen to get Malbrook's pancakes started. Leaving out enough extra eggs for an easier omlette just in case.

(Let's do another work/wis check)

(5, good thing I left out the extra eggs I guess?)

You accidentally left all the eggs out and your creation probably shouldn't be eaten.

(Do people have pets that Wes has seen? Any animals in either of the settlements? And technically eggless pancakes exist, just Wes' version was still horrible lol.) (edited)

(Yeah, you didn't make them with the intent for them to be eggless lol. You haven't really seen pets, but you also haven't been around very long yet)

Wes puts the horrible burnt death cakes to the side, cracks a few of the eggs into a bowl and stirs it with a fork to try and make a simple omlette, if that's too hard I'll try scrambled eggs next, if that fails I'll get things ready to help Malbrook cook his own breakfast or eggs. "Hmm I should probably let the smoke vent a little first." Wes puts down the bowl then checks to make sure the oven vent hood fan is on. (edited)

(Let's do one more work/wis lol. +2 from the knowledge you gained from your failed expirements)

(Thanks, I was scared that would go on for longer lol 11

)

This time you didn't bite off more than you could chew. The omelette is simple but looks delicious. Perhaps it's better to stick with simple foods until you learn more.

Wes cleans up the rest of the mess, and puts the remaining eggs back then takes a picture of his omlette with his compad, covers it and waits for Malbrook, feeling a little better after the earlier failed attempts. (edited)

Malbrook comes down just as your eggs finish, grumbling about something under his breath. He stops when he sees you, "Mr. Milgram. I had heard you survived from Draper, and here you are."

"Yes, here I am. I thought we could try to leave all of the ugliness in the past? I know I'm not the one who get's to decide that though since it was me who committed it. If it makes you feel any better I've already died twice once in the scream and once shortly after, both times painfully. I made you an omelette which I think turned out pretty eggsellent

, you should at least eat that after you kill me, or smash me to a pulp." Wes points a shaky finger to the omelette then tenses up , and shuts his eyes and starts whispering softly to himself trying to stop shaking and brace for being thrown across the room or smashed into the ground or ceiling or some other painful telekinesis based death. (edited)

Despite himself he gives a little chuckle at the terrible pun. "You're too useful to smash to a pulp today. I reserve the right to do so for later. I am willing to put your past behind us if you can prove to me things are different. The fact you seem at least somewhat remorseful is a start." He sits down, eyeing the eggs, checking to see if you laced them with a laxative or something.

Wes stops muttering to himself and carefully opens one eye still expecting some sort of trap then eventually the other and relaxes slightly before addressing Malbrook. "Would you fell better if I ate a small piece of it first? I'm not sure if it would mean much with what happened to me during the scream, but maybe it will make you feel safer eating it? While I still at least have a temporary stay of execution from you, I wanted to say I'm sorry." (edited)

Malbrook takes a hesitant bite, "It's... actually quite good." He eats a bit more before continuing, "So what is it you want? Clearly there are no students for you to resume your position. Is there something you aspire to?"

"Since you and Draper are the only known masters left who aren't insane or dead, and you don't have many other students. I thought maybe once I proved to you I'd changed you would deign to teach me? Having more people capable of identifying Ferals can't hurt can it? Maybe you could help me understand my other abelites as well? I don't know much about them besides what I've had to find out. I'm sure you and Draper will have fun testing the limits of my durability. Since I was stuck in the Academy so long, I was able to observe the Ferals more closely than most. I thought perhaps it would be possible to treat one of them, and Mareus told me there are some that are non violent and more stable, and one of them is in custody at the hospital?"

"I'm not sure if they're treatable, nothing we know suggests they are. But you're welcome to continue to study them. I don't know much about the one they captured, I'm sure that would be a decent start. As for furthering your education.. I might be persuaded to help you if only because I lack anyone else to teach."

"It wouldn't have to be right away, I was still trying to help in Plainsford, and get the rail line established. I thought I could do some good as a guard. I helped some sick children at least I think, and maybe made a deal with the ones in the sewers. I might have mucked that up. I've only been here a few days though so I'm not sure what was most important. As far as treatment, I had an idea, but I wanted to eliminate less risky or invasive options first. Do you know if putting the collar had any effect on the feral besides limiting their powers?"

"The collar hasn't had any other noticeable effects that I'm aware of. "

"Do you know if Draper checked? He's the only one that could tell if anything changed in regard to whatever makes them feral right?"

"He doesn't have the patience for true study and experiment. I'm not sure he's looked, but I doubt there's any difference."

"Sorry, I didn't mean to put your skills into question. Do any of you have skill in telepathy, or do you know if any of the other survivors Mareus mentioned do?"

"A young girl does. Auril. Seems to have developed her skills after the scream but has already been trained... she's a bit of a mystery to be honest."

"Already trained? So you think there are more cognizant ferals, or surviving psychics out there? And she is an unrestricted? More psychics popping up seems to make sense if the event that killed some saturated us all with more meta dimensional energy." (edited)

"She is unrestricted, but undeveloped. I'm not sure who or what trained her, she came to register and has avoided us ever since."

(what would be the proper term it's meta dimensional space so is it mes to abbreviate that as well? or was metadimensional energy right?) (edited)

(Metadimensional energy is right. Metaspace or the metadimension is where you travel through in spike)

1

"Do you know anything else about her, like where she ended up? It seems maybe I could help her, and she could potentially answer a lot of questions so we wouldn't be going at this so blindly." (edited)

"I believe she's in the city with the ones who captured the feral. One who claims to be her brother is a pilot and she seems to follow him."

"Interesting, just another reason to head to the hangar and the city. Can you think of anything I could help with? Have you been to Plainsford yet?"

"I've been once or twice, it's nice enough but everyone important is here so this is where we are. You might as well study that captured feral, see if he has anything to say. There seems to be something happening in the swamp according to what they heard in the academy. Find out more about that if you can."

"I wouldn't say everyone, but you're already set up here. I work at a bakery you should try though when the rail line comes in. Do you know where Draper goes when he's not clearing new psychics? I know he's not as forgiving, but I thought I should try to smooth things over with him too, or at least start the process."

"He's generally in the central admin building. Big domed place, hard to miss. I'd suggest not going to see him without a specific reason, he considers apologies a waste of time."

"What do you think would be a good enough reason? Maybe I should see if I find anything interesting about that captured Feral first?"

"If you found something particularly interesting you could report it to him. He doesn't really like anybody, so not much use trying to get on his good side."

"That makes sense, something he can use to climb the ladder a bit, eh. Speaking of that do you know who's in charge of things now? I probably should being in the guard, but helping people and getting trained enough not to shoot myself seemed more important." (edited)

5:32 PM

(did you mean the admin building for the whole of New Astria? Or the psychic complex?) (edited)

(Admin for the city, Draper's a politician)

1

5:38 PM

"There's no one person in charge currently. A council of various important people meets monthly to discuss things. Development and resource management mostly for now."

"That makes sense given the current situation of things. Are there baths here like there are in New Plainsford? I might not get tired but I think me and my uniform could both do with a wash I'm starting to feel soupy."

"Yes, in the eastern part of the city. We also have showers here of course. You are a member of this Order technically."

"I won't impose on your hospitality any longer, and I've sort of gotten used to using the baths. Do you still have the same compad number? I'll give you mine in case you need me to look into something."

He gives you his updated contact info. "Very well, let me know if you glean anything from the feral. Good luck in your endeavors."

"Thank you, and good luck to you in yours, you said you're looking for students, should I send any I find your way, and would you be interested in those only touched not gifted with other abilities?"

"Any new psychics must be sent here for training of course, the touched may come if they wish to learn more about their abilities. I can send you what I've written about the different abilities that have been discovered if you wish."

"I think that would help. I guess I'll tell you about my known abilities so you can better think of tests and put it on your list. I don't sleep, eat, drink or breathe, can't get drunk or sick, heal quickly and have trouble staying dead, that's about as much as I know, oh and I feel a little tougher after I made my way here."

"Yes, I can read much of that in you already. If you had ever paid attention to your studies before, you might be able to do the same."

"Well I was more impatient then, and the treatment of restricted psychics was worse. Training wasn't really a priority because I figured since I had to evaluate a student's control and mental state under duress why bother seeing what power they had before they used it? I was also occupied with other things. Which my new gifts have since rendered partially irrelevant."

"The treatment of restricted psychics was unfortunate. And something I always had an issue with. But there's much more to metapsionics than just seeing if someone is psychic. We're the best chance we have at countering ferals."

"Is that an issue? Have they gotten that close to the settlements? I heard the first attack was on the railway, and they were defeated but escaped? How long would training to be to be useful or defend myself with my limited meta abilities even take? I'd have to be a master, and that takes years doesn't it? That's assuming you and Draper would even train me." (edited)

"They haven't attacked the city, no. One need not be a master to be useful. With a little training you could cancel the techniques of ferals, something that could save your life as well as make your study of them easier. If that's something you wish to continue. That there might be lucid ferals who could be potentially organizing something.. that scares me. The more people who can fight them, the better."

"How long would that take though? I made promises to people in Plainsfield, did you know there are children living in the sewers? I can't just abandon them after saying I would help, they already don't trust anyone. and that's not even mentioning signing up with the guard and the bakery."

"Do you think that could be something important enough to bother Draper with? I was going to try and get them some basic necessities and training opportunities on my own, but maybe if I went to administration they could talk to the other's all at once? You said the council was in charge of resource management right?"

"Sounds like you're trying to do too many things at once. Draper could do something for those children if needed, find them good homes and such, get them out of the sewers. Seems like you've taken on more than you can chew though. I can talk with the guard and get you some time off for studies if that's needed."

"I thought I would have more time, at least until the rail line was done, but that kid was very sick and needed to get to the hospital, so Doctor Hannah Zarine, and I brought him, that and finding out the rail way attack was ferals, or at least one kind of sped everything up I guess?"

"Wait did you say homes? No. That's out of the question. I said they would stay together, and I meant it. They had to get to Plainsford from the city I think, even if there were enough willing homes they need each other and their independence. That's why I can't leave this to others they might not understand. That at least I need to devote my attention to directly. The guard, Nora, and even the moon can wait, but that can't." (edited)

"It seems as though you found your priority then, good. Try not to take on too many things. The guards will understand, psychics are a rare commodity and you'll be free to help them when you have time without the obligation of patrolling every night."

"That makes sense, maybe I can get a stay of duty or something? It just seemed right since the guard were the easiest to get into and offered pilot training. That's pretty much the only way to get around right now, and I don't want to get trapped again, even if the place I'm stuck in is as big as the settlements. Will you please help me explain the situation with the children to Draper? I know you only just heard it yourself, but I think he'll give your opinion more weight than mine." (edited)

"You can make your own case to Draper, I personally am not sure that is what is best for the children. I'm no expert with children, but they need schooling and discipline as much as freedom and love. A collection of kids raising themselves doesn't make for well adjusted, functioning adults."

"I know, but I thought we could take the soft approach, bring the teachers to them or allow them to choose something sort of like apprenticeships or trade schooling even a regular education if they wanted. I didnt want to worsen the trauma of these poor children by taking away the only support structure most of them know and have them become more combative or withdraw completely. I also thought they would be more willing to learn and join society if they thought it was on their choice. Does that make sense? If I can't make my case to you I'm not ready to try and convince Draper, you at least start with an open mind and amenable if you thought it might be better for the children. Do you have anything else to do here? Maybe you could come with me to the hospital and meet the girl Zarine who came with the sick child? I think you'd be a better first impression of the academy and psychic masters than Draper." (edited)

"You may have a point about keeping them together, but leaving them with no supervision seems foolish. They're children, they should be allowed to choose some things of course, but what if they choose no education? And decide they don't want to work? Will they live lives of sloth and laziness abusing your goodwill? There's really no need for them to meet us unless there are psychics among them, I can have Draper set up a meeting with someone who could better help you. But think through the ramifications carefully."

"Not no supervision, it is a delicate matter of framing things though. I don't want either side to feel ambushed, or forced into making decisions they don't want to. I doubt children would be able to sit around doing nothing at all for long, but even that would be better than the theft and other things they currently think they have to do to survive. That kind of subsistence is parasitic at best and unsustainable, eventually something would go wrong and someone would be hurt or dead or worse. As far as I know there was only one child with non psychic abilities, but I didn't examine them myself. Perhaps that would be best, I'm not familiar with the council, or their structure, but if you could try to make sure it was someone who would be sympathetic, and treat the situation with the gravity and sensitivity it necessitates I would appreciate it. While you arrange that would you mind if I head to the showers to get cleaned up, and maybe get some new clothes? It was bad enough I had to meet you and Mareus like this, I want to make a decent impression with whoever is sent."

"I will do my best to find someone sympathetic. I'll let you know when the meeting is scheduled. You may have to wait, most of them are very busy people."

"That's fine, and thank you for your help. I know it's probably an adjustment to be working with me again. I'll probably be busy settling things with the guard and there isn't any lack of other work to be done. Better they get there in a good mood when they have a time than be rushed and foul tempered through the whole meeting, and that will give me time to bring up the idea with Zarine." (edited)

"Very well. If you have time see if you can find anything out from that captured feral as well. Good luck, and I will reach out to you soon." Malbrook finishes his omelet and stands, offering a hand to shake.

Wes smiles and gives Malbrook's hand a firm shake. "Thank you, I'll make sure to check on him. I look forward to hearing from you, but first I'm off to get cleaned up." After shaking Malberook's hand Wes heads out. Nodding to the guards as he passes then heading towards the showers. (edited)

You find this city's bathhouse in a residential district next to a few rows of small huts. They're a bit larger than the ones in Plainsford, but not quite as nice.

Wes approaches the bath attendant. (edited)

The attendant is a well groomed young man, clean shaven with stylish blond hair, "Welcome good sir, how can I help you today?"

"Thank you, I was looking to get my uniform laundered while I take a bath, and maybe get some new clothes. I have to ask, who cuts your hair? I swear by Miles in Plainfield, but I might be in town for a while."

"Miles you say? Agatha does great work here, she works not too far from here. I'll get your clothes taken care of no problem!"

"Thank you, I'll have to set an appointment with her, what's the choice of product like here? It's sadly understocked in Plainsford." (edited)

"The situation is similarly unfortunate here as well. She's got a few things, but nothing like what we used to be able to get. A true travesty."

Wes hangs his head. "I was afraid of that. I had a plan to help out, but sadly I think I'll have to devote myself to equally important tasks that are better suited to my current skills. I've heard there are some good pilots in New Astria though maybe I could hire someone for it? Anyway you seem well dressed and manicured I'll go take my bath and trust you with the rest. Maybe I should give you my compad information so you can tell me when the clothes are ready, or so you can show me what there is to do around here for fun? You look like someone with his hand on the pulse of things." (edited)

"The clothes won't take long at all. I can show you around later if you wanted, my shift just started though. There's a pretty serious lack of fun around here, but I can show you a few places that aren't bad."

"That would be great, thank you for your help. I'll come back when your shift ends then." Wes goes in to find an open bath. (edited)

You finally clean yourself after the long night and trek through the sewer. By the time you're done the attendant has your clothes clean and ready for you.

Wes takes the clothes thanking the attendant changes then goes to the hospital.

You enter the hospital and see Zarine chatting with Jake at the front desk. Jake turns towards you as you enter, "Hey! Lars is back with a different patient right now, but you can go check on the boy if you want. I think Hannah is still in there."

" Thank you Jake, could you tell me where I could get a bioscanner and which room the feral is in please? I wanted to check on him afterward." Wes turns to Zarine, bracing himself for another potential death stare. "Zarine, how would you feel about meeting with someone from the council? I thought why run around trying to get a promise from each person individually? Since we're here we might as well try to talk with one of the big names? We can explain to them why it's important your family stays together while you learn, like you did to me?" (edited)

Thankfully you braced for it so the effect is slightly less damaging. "I'd rather live in the sewers forever than meet with some politician who'll tell me how to live."

"Then we won't let them tell you how to live! Like I told Malbrook, any of you being separated or having power lorded over you and being forced into work you don't choose isn't part of the question. I don't think they'll try, but that's why I wanted you to meet them with me. So they can understand that you're capable, already lived independently, and stop thinking of you as just children who need to be taken care of, but as people who have an idea of what they want, and aren't afraid to get their hands dirty reaching for it. I think your goals and those of most of the colonists are more similar than you'd suspect. If after understanding that they still want to push their agenda, and won't see reason, we'll deal with it then, but whatever you decide, and whatever happens in the meeting. I'm with you, and I'll help you." (edited)

"I mean, this is your thing. If you wanna help you can try, but I'm not gonna waste my time trying to talk sense into adults. I want to stay here anyway in case he wakes up."

"Alright, I'll go check on him then if that's ok?"

Jake opens the doors for you, "Go on in, just try and keep quiet, he needs his rest."

Wes whispers back. "Of course, I'll only take a quick look then let him sleep."

You enter the room quietly. Hannah is sitting next to the bed, the boy's hand in hers. You can sense the arcane energy flowing from her as she further sooths his illness.

Wes approaches slowly so as not to wake the boy or distract her from her task. He looks for machines or charts something so he can check the condition of the boy without bothering Hannah or him during the process.

The boy is regaining strength and growing new antibodies that won't harm him. The process is slow, but Hannah's abilities are helping to accelerate it.

Wes looks at them both, thinks about saying something to Hannah, then leaves to go check on the feral.

The feral is in the the room at the end of the hallway. You find a large, bald man is laying in the bed, currently restrained and sedated.

Wes looks for a bio scanner or a similar readout of his condition to see if anything is different from a normal psychic neurologically.

There is a bioscanner in the room and other diagnostic equipment. (Heal/int)

(6)

He seems to have suffered some sort of blunt force trauma to the back of his head, otherwise he seems fairly healthy. You notice he's wearing one of the nullifier collars to suppress his powers.

Wes checks if the man's injuries have been treated or he can do anything else for the feral. Then takes a long look at him, and the nullifier collar trying to see if he notices anything with his meta senses once he has calmed himself and focused on them. (edited)

The injuries seem to have been treated by Lars. Your meta senses give you nothing, the collar does not put off any sort of aura.

Wes looks around to see if he's just being dosed every so often or is on a steady drip of sedative?

It seems to be a steady drip.

Wes decides he won't be able to see anything else himself at least while the patient is sedated, and possibly while he's in the collar. So he goes to find Dr. Lars.

Lars is just coming out of a different patient's room as you exit the feral's. He comes over to you, "Hey Wes, everything ok?"

"I think so, just not making much progress on my own. I was wondering if you could help me make a comparative scan between this feral patient and another psychic. I guess I'll do if we don't have a simpler sample or unrestricted for a baseline. I'm not sure if it will show much with him sedated and in the collar, but that seems the safest way to check without Malbrook or Draper here. Do you know anything else about him? Did he say anything since he's been here or when they brought him in?" (edited)

"He's been kept unconscious the whole time, I don't really know anything about him. I can take a scan of you if you want. If you're looking for some weird psychic stuff you may need the special scanner Keaton has. "

"Oh, who's Keaton, and where would he be now? I was interested in finding out more about myself and ,my abilities as well. I haven't been checked out properly since before the scream. I spent 3 years isolated and died twice since then. Do you think you could give me a full check up too? I don't want to have missed something important like rebar still in my gut or something." (edited)

"He's the biopsion who's been helping me out, I think he's in the city ruins now. I can give you a check up no problem, let's find an empty room for you."

Wes follows Dr. Lars to an empty room. "So how much staff does your hospital have right now, I noticed you have your son working the front desk?"

Lars chuckles, "Actually Jake's my younger brother. It's mostly just us and Keaton. Most trained medics before were biopsions... So obviously there's a bit of a lack of training for anyone to help."

Wes rubs his neck a bit embarrassed. "That's one of the reasons my training is so lapsed, besides not having any patients for 3 years, non biopsions' medical skills were even more redundant at the academy, and I didn't really need them for the job I was placed in there. I was wondering, and I think Doctor Hannanah was interested also, would you mind teaching us some, or maybe letting us shadow you if you have the time and we won't get in the way? She's going back to Plainsford I believe, but I'll be here for a bit." (edited)

"I've helped Hannah learn a bit already but neither of us really understand her full capabilities yet. You're free to help out around here if you want to though."

"Hmm... I'll have to read Malbrook's notes, and see if Keaton's scanner finds anything. Can you think of a non traumatic way to test my limits? I know I don't have to sleep, eat, drink, breathe, I think poisons and drugs don't work on me, I haven't gotten sick, I'm a little tougher, heal quickly and the death thing. I'd just rather not potentially die every test especially if there is a chance I won't come back. Once I get my own meta training I might be able to find out more, but who knows what will have happened by then, and of course I'll help around the hospital. I just have to make sure to tell the guard I won't be there for patrol, and meet someone a little later. Do you know anything about the council or Agatha? I'm told she gives a good haircut?" (edited)

"I don't know any Agatha, usually Jake and I just cut each other's hair. I don't know anyone on the council either, though I've heard they're generally fair. As for testing your durability, what are you wanting to find out about it? Seems like you already know a lot. I can't think of a way to test it that wouldnt put you in danger."

"That's what I feared. I'm not sure, but I've heard the town is a deathtrap, and just hoped to know how careful I had to be I guess. Maybe you can tell me something more specific? Have you treated any scavengers come back from there?"

"Sure, all sorts of wounds really. Lacerations, shattered bones, concussions, missing limbs, infections, I could really go on all day. You're tougher than most though. Be careful and you probably won't die too many times!"

"So, it's all true. I know I'm not invincible. I barely survived going to Plainsford from the academy, between fighting off a needle beast cub, and running from a feral. Can you tell anything yet? I'm not going to spontaneously combust or anything am I?" (edited)

"You're remarkably healthy. Your unique condition keeps you from getting sick and you heal quickly from wounds so there's really not much for the scanner to pick up."

"Well I've got that going for me, at least. Do you know how long it will take Hannah to grow the boy new antibodies? And what will happen to him then?" (edited)

"She's started the process and it'll continue on its own now. It'll be probably about two days before I'll allow him to leave though. He'll be free to go back to Plainsford with Zarine then."

"I'm not sure how long I'll be here myself, Malbrook was going to get me a meeting with a non Draper council member, and I have a few things I might look into to keep busy until then. Here, let me give you my compad number in case you need help at the hospital or something."

"Alright, you just let me know if you need anything! Jake or I should be here pretty much any time."

"Thank you, maybe once im competent enough you'll even get a day off? Anyway, I'm getting ahead of myself. If you'll please excuse me, I have some calls to make." Wes goes to another empty room and calls up Dave.

4:24 PM

(Might not respond for a not, at gym.)

"Hello? Wes? I just got off with some psychic bigwig, said you were needing some time off or something. Is that right?"

"Yes sir but I'm still working towards getting something official for those kids. I thought I would report in, and assumed Seargeant Riker would be asleep. Do you know if it was Malbrook or Draper, and what did they tell you? I don't want to waste your time repeating the same thing you just heard." (edited)

"Malbrook. He didn't give me much, just that you needed the time."

"He was going to talk to Draper and arrange a meeting for me with one of the council members, so the allocation would be official and I could make my suggestions for their treatment, and a deal where they aren't forced to continue stealing but trained to be eventually self sufficient. He also wanted me to start training in meta psionics since the Ferals are the biggest threat and we don't know how badly the Zadack were hit, or their mental stability as a whole. I was wondering. I know about you and the patrols and that the guard works to protect the two settlements, but not much more than that, is there anything I should know maybe a way I could still help the guard while I'm on leave or whatever it ends up being called in the report?"

"Seems like you got your hands full, you don't worry about us. We'll get by just fine. You're already helping by taking care of those kids, that's half of our work right now anyway."

"Should I turn in my weapons, compad and uniform? I just had it laundered." (edited)

"Keep them, you're still one of us even if you're inactive."

Wes smiles. "Thank you for saying that sir. Do you know if I could use the facilities here? I don't want to fall behind on my training. Even if I won't have you programming it. Maybe I'll try a little real world sparring?" (edited)

"I figure Malbrook will want to train me during the day, the meeting shouldn't take so long whenever it happens, and I'm not sure what I need to do until then for the children besides stay on friendly terms with Zarine? I might try to help out at the hospital, and inquire about things at the hangar like the team in the city, or the state of the moon craft. I heard a team was going out to reclaim parts from a crashed ship. I'm not sure how long that would take but thought I might at least check since I don't want someone to get hurt by radiation that might not effect me as much. My hobbies might have to take a backseat, but I can still cook breakfast for the psychics. Speaking of breakfast. I am going to call her, but could you please send someone to make sure Nora is ok? She didn't pick up when I called her this morning, and she's usually baking already by then. I'm probably worried about nothing, but I wanted to make sure she's ok. I'll send you the credits for a box of pastries to make up for the hassle." (edited)

"You're welcome to use the military compound there, I'm sure they won't mind. As for what you do in your free time that's up to you. I'll have someone check in with this Nora lady, don't you worry about it."

"Thank you for that, and letting me stay part of the guard. I just think I can do the most good here for now. Hopefully I can come back once the kids are back on their own feet a little."

"Good luck! Let us know when you're back in town and looking for work!"

"Thank you, I will. I'm almost scared what you'll have cooked up for vr training by then." (edited)

"I'll make sure it's something extra special then! See you then!"

"See you." Wes ends the call then calls Nora again.

This time she picks up, "Hello Wes dear! Are you doing alright?"

"Fine thank you, and you Nora?"

8:19 AM

"Oh, sorry to interrupt but let me send you a picture of an omelette I made before I forget."

"Oh, well that's just lovely dear, I'm so proud of you! Are you stopping by again soon for more lessons?"

"I will, probably not soon, but we'll see. I'm still trying to help those kids, and the psychics here wanted me to train with them. I had to take some leave from the guard. Speaking of witch don't be too surprised if someone stops in to check up on you, I was a little worried, so I asked Dave to send someone. I'm glad you're ok."

"Thanks for worrying, but everything's good here. Not much to go wrong in a small bakery. You be careful around those psychics, ever since I sent my son to the academy he stopped visiting so often, I don't want that to happen to you too!"

"Did you get my message? What's your son's name, didn't you say he was here, maybe I could look him up, or try to see what happened to him?" (edited)

"Oh your message, of course! I had forgotten. My son is Henry, you can ask one of your academy friends about him. Tell him to visit me soon ok?"

"I will, what's your last name? I met a man calling himself Mareus earlier today at the new academy, or do you know what your son's gift was maybe that would help me find out about him."

"Mareus? That's vaguely familiar, maybe a colleague of Henry's. Cooper. Henry Cooper. You let me know if you find him alright? And tell him to visit!"

"I, will. I'll ask Malbrook and Mareus, hopefully one of them knows something."

12:59 PM

"Oh, you usually take your showers later right?"

"Usually, yes. Something you need?"

"I was just wondering if you would please tell Beth and Miss Fischer, I probably wouldn't be able to stop by for a while."

"Sure, that's no problem dear."

"Thank you, it's just you all and the guards are the first people I met, and I want to make sure you know I'm not abandoning you, and you all stay safe. Do you know anyone who likes dancing?" (edited)

"Dancing? I'm not sure. I haven't danced in years."

"Well I haven't with a partner, maybe something worth looking into, well I'll let you get back to the bakery, thank you for talking to me. Hopefully I'll be able to give you good news the next time we talk." (edited)

"Alright dear, I'll talk to you soon I'm sure."

Wes ends the call then decides to head to the hanger.

You reach the hangar and find a hive of activity as a small squad prepares for their trip to the ship wreckage. Your senses pick up a telekinetic shield around a young lady who seems to be leading them.

"Hello, Excuse me? My name is Wes, and I was wondering if you needed any help with the salvage mission? I'm a little bit of a pilot, and tech, but my main draw is I probably won't be hurt as much with the potential radiation? Do you know how long you'll be gone?" (edited)

"I was just looking for a pilot, you can join. Name's Hope. Shouldn't take too long, I'm hoping we'll be back by tonight."

"I think that will be quick enough, but do you mind if I check with Malbrook first, please? He's supposed to get me a meeting with the council eventually, and I don't want to miss it. The ex-academy psychics are already pretty pissed with me." (edited)

"Hmph, you better watch out for them, I don't trust them. Check with whoever you need, we're ready to leave."

"Thank you, it should just be a quick call to see if the appointment has a set time, and tell him I couldn't find out anything new with the Feral." Wes calls up Malbrook.

You hear him sigh as he answers, "What is it Wes?"

"Sorry to bother you, I just wanted to thank you for talking to the guards, and say I think to do any more with the feral I'll need access to Keaton's scanner, or help keeping the feral under control while he's awake, so I can see if there is a difference with his neurological scan during lucid power usage, and maybe try to talk with him? Also I wanted to check if there was a time set for the meeting? I was going to go out with a scavenging group headed to that crashed ship, shouldn't take long, but I didn't want to risk missing that after you went through the trouble of setting up a meeting with a council member." (edited)

"I haven't set up the meeting yet, I'll make sure it won't be before you return. I don't suggest taking the collar off of the feral without extreme precautions. Wake him and talk to him if you want though, with the collar on you don't have to worry too much."

"I thought I would wait until someone was available to help, or I had more training, like you said extreme precautions. I think that's it though just reporting in. Since I have you, when would you want me to show up for training in the future? Is there something I should be doing on my own?"

"Just use your meager skills as often as you can. Come train when you have time but work on expanding yourself first, build up some mental fortitude."

"Will do, I was able to tell one of the people here was a telekinetic, that's good right? I guess trying it with powers I haven't seen before or with different senses will be the real test? Do you think trying to sense more about my own powers will help or just be a waste of time?" (edited)

"I don't think you have anything you could sense yet... Just keep your senses stretched and eventually something will click. If not, I can try to help you reach the next step in person. The telekinetic, is it that young girl, Hope? Watch out for her, I don't trust her."

"Interesting she said about the same. I trust you both, or at least so far neither of you have given reason not to trust you, and you've helped me quite a bit. Well I'll be in touch, if nothing else I'll probably swing by to make you breakfast. Have to keep in practice. Well I've got a bird to get in the air if we're going to get back later today. Good talking with you Master Malbrook."

"Good luck Wes. Stay sharp out there."

"Thank you sir, maybe you'll be able to train me on the moon?" Wes laughs "Anyway I'll let you go. I'm sure you have important research to get back to."

The line disconnects. Nearly everyone has loaded into the atmoflyer and are waiting for their pilot. You team seems to be Hope and two muscular men.

"Thanks for waiting, let's get under way shall we?" Wes approaches the controls and starts going through his pre takeoff mental checklist. "I met Hope earlier, but who might you two strapping gentlemen be ? I'm Wes." (edited)

The two men look generally brutish and unfriendly-- the type of person to fight with fists because they like the way bones crunch, "They call me Chunk and this is Hunk."

"Those seem like appropriate names! Nice to meet you. Well I'll try to get us there and back in one piece, you might want to strap in." Wes waits for them all to strap in and brace themselves then radios in for takeoff. "This is captain Wes, with Hope's salvage team, am I clear for take off?" (I'm not sure how much their landing strip is like an airport with air trafic control and runways and all that? I think you said they had at least one though right, and multiple vehicles so making sure I'm clear for take off makes sense?)

(They only have 3 atmoflyers right now, so not too much of an issue, but they still make sure the runway is clear of personnel and stuff)

1

10:08 AM

"Captain Wes, you're cleared for take off."

"Thank you control, Captain Wes moving to runway 1 for take off." Wes lets go of the radio, and starts to move the atmoflyer towards the runway. (edited)

The flyer takes off smoothly, the controls fairly similar to those you used in the simulation. The flyer has a railgun if needed, but is otherwise fairly standard.

Wes starts flying towards the ruined ship looking for a safe place to easily land and take off from close enough to take any salvage to. (edited)

(Notice/wis to look manually, Program/int if you want to scan)

(12 notice wis)

It's a few hours flight northeast to the wreckage. You pass out of the forest and over the plains before heading over the northern plateau. The land is rocky and not much grows aside from hearty shrubs and prickly bushes. The wreck is spread out across a large area, the ship splitting into multiple pieces as it landed. The section where the spike drive should be is the easternmost piece.

3:19 PM

As you scan the area, you notice another ship parked near the northern section.

"Interesting, did you know there was more than one ship sent out here?" (does it look like one of ours?)

"It doesn't look like one of ours, I don't think anyone else was coming up this way."

"Should I try to hail them, anyone sane enough to fly a plane we might be able to work with right?"

Hope shrugs, "I don't know, maybe we should try and find out who they are first. Strange ships don't just appear out of nowhere."

"Well if we do it in the air we will still have a chance to rail gun them, or get out of here if things go bad maybe? Once we land we're a little stuck right?"

"You're the pilot, I'll leave it up to you. That ship might have weapons that could take us out though, it's bigger than ours." (It's a shuttle)

"Hmm, do you think they could be Zadak from the moon? Maybe they have orbit capable craft, but none with spike drives?"

"I don't know anything about them, who knows. They could be after the drive like we are."

"Well I want to meet them so I think you had it right let's land then talk to them that way they can't tell us no. Do you all have weapons, and exosuits and such?"

The two thugs have pistols but no armor. You can still sense Hope's TK armor and weapon. "We'll want to be careful, but we should be ok. I brought some extra instapanels this time."

"Listen that's cute and all, but you know what a psychic can do. If it comes down to it either use those to get in their way while you start up the ship or throw at them fully condensed. You all stay here, ready to jet if things go wrong, recover me if you can. I'll go talk to them first. I've dealt with psychics and been killed by them before, so you know nothing new. You guys are just a salvage team. I'm a Guard, even on leave, it's my job. Sorry to pull rank on you, but as captain I order you all to live." Wes smiles chuckling as he lands the atmoflyer between the spike drive to the east and the shuttle if possible. ( so what do the clothes that the blonde attendant got for Wes look like?) (edited)

(He just cleaned your previous clothes)

(oh so I guess I am still in uniform lol.)

You land just north of the section with the spike drive, the uneven but solid ground making for a bumpy landing. Hope stands with you as you ready to go, "I'm coming with you, it's my mission."

(tk armory doesn't protect against radiation or other nasty stuff though does it?)

(No there's a separate skill that functions as a vac suit that she didn't have)

"Of course, I'm not trying to exclude you, just my abilities protect me from radiation and other harmful things that could be in the air, and as a meta psion I can tell that yours don't at the moment. I will go in talk to them, and go from there. I won't go for the core without you. Just Malbrook and Draper would literally kill me if I let anything bad happen to one of the few living psychics, even one that doesn't trust them." (edited)

"Fine, it's your funeral if you mess it up though."

"Oh, I know, look just try to make sure they don't mutilate my corpse if you can." Wes exits the flyer quickly to prevent any potential hazardous energy from getting in, then looks around trying to focus on his meta senses walking to the shuttle.

(Notice/wis)

(6)

Approaching the shuttle, you see two humans next to it in ornate ceremonial armor, red gold and green decorated with colorful feathers. They both wield short blades in each hand that seem to shimmer and glow with heat. They watch you come closer impassively. Your meta senses pick up no active effects on them.

"Hello, my name is Wes nice to meet you, are you all here to investigate the crashed ship as well?"

(Evasion save)

(fail 2 vs 11)

Someone tackles you from behind, pinning you to the ground. You hear chains clink as they prepare to bind you. (You can make an effort/str check if you want to resist)

(do my powers feel like they are going away?)

(No, just normal chains)

While Wes doesn't fight he voices his displeasure at being chained. "You don't have to chain me if you want to take me somewhere, I'll go with you of my own will."

Rough manacles are placed around your wrists and you're hauled to your feet. "You are now the property of the Almighty Xerkis, congratulations on your redemption." Your captor is tall and thin, leathery skin a dark brown-red. He is wearing similarly styled garb as the soldiers you saw, but long robes instead of armor.

"Thank you for bringing me up. What are my new orders? I apologize for not knowing how to correctly address you, I'm only newly redeemed."

He slaps you, more to humiliate than to harm, "You have not earned the honor of addressing this one. You will board our ship and wait there until we depart."

Wes only nods eyes averted toward the ground, and makes his way to board the ship, hoping the others will take the chance to escape, and his subservience will get him unchained faster. (edited)

Inside the ship your chains are secured to a metal anchor. You see more anchors for chains next to you and a long metal bench for you to sit. The guards you saw earlier continue to stand at the opening and the man who captured you leaves.

If Wes isn't told directly to sit he remains standing, and waits. (edited)

You stand and wait. And wait. (You'll be there for hours until they're done with whatever they're doing then they're leaving with you. Are you wanting to just wait the whole time?)

Eventually Wes risks looking around and pulling at the chains, but tries not let the guards pick up on his actions. (edited)

(Let's get a sneak/dex for doing it quietly)

(6)

You give the chains an experimental tug. They rattle slightly but the guards don't seem to notice. The manacles aren't of the best quality but are solid enough you can't break free with just your bare hands.

Wes tries to see if he can reach his compad in his pocket.

Your pack was taken from you and is on the floor in the corner, but he didn't search your person. It's incredibly awkward, but you do manage to get it.

Wes tries to send a message to dave then delete it and that contact from his phone before putting the compad back.

Unfortunately you're out of range of the city comm network. However, the atmoflyer is near enough to receive a short range radio message.

(so spoken you mean?)

(You could type something out still, the compad is advanced enough to translate the message)

Go back without me, site compromised don't argue

It shows the message was received, but you get no reply.

Wes deletes the message then puts away the compad and looks around to see if he can see anyone that's not a guard or something identifying about the ship.

(Notice/wis)

(6)

The ship looks to be in general disrepair, patchwork fixes seem to hold it together though closely no one of great skill worked on it. The make seems to be Black Sun, likely built during the war. You'd assume this one probably crashed during the scream like most ships.

Wes resigns himself to waiting, slightly comforted by the fact that he might have as much skill as those that fixed the ship. With nothing else to do he reaches out with his senses trying to hear the details of his own power or others he hasn't heard before.

Your senses strain, but you pick up nothing, not even your own abilities. After waiting for a long time, hours, you do eventually sense something. It's not something you're familiar with, some sort of metadimensional connection between two people who must have just arrived outside the ship. You hear them arrive as well. Voices to muddles to make out.

Wes makes sure to look at the floor and project an air of subservience and defeat.

After talking for a while, a woman in the same ceremonial robes as the one who captured you drags in Hope and wordlessly chains her next to you. Hope is unconscious and bruised, she clearly resisted her own redemption. They don't seem to have captured Chunk and Hunk.

'I hope no one died, I wonder how she used the Insta panels.' Wes thinks. He then concentrates and tries to get a look at the feet of the woman chaining Hope.

The robes nearly brush the floor, but you get a brief glimpse of soft slippers under the robes. Your meta senses pick up that she's one of the people you sensed earlier and you can feel some sort of bond between her and someone outside.

Still looking at the ground Wes addresses her. "Forgive this property for addressing you, but I wish to be useful, and was concerned with the safety of those greater than I. I see the ship is in need of repairs, and with the materials, and tools in the crash site, I think I could try. If you will allow."

The lady ignores you but you hear footsteps and a large warrior enters, armor even more elaborate than the others. As he gets closer the bond between he and the lady becomes visible to you, shining energy flowing between them. Neither of them say anything, he just stands over you intimidatingly.

9:37 AM

Wes waits silently for something to happen.

He continues to stand there as Hope's chains are locked to the anchor next to you. Once finished, the lady and the warrior leave. You can sense they're still nearby though.

Wes looks over to Hope and whispers. "Well at least they didn't use those fire blades or slap us again I guess, are you going to be ok?" He looks her over for serious wounds or bruises around the head.

She's been banged up a bit, but shouldn't have permanent damage. She groans and shifts a bit, but doesn't wake up.

(Is hope laid on the bench or just sort of dangling by her arms from the chains?)

(Kind of both, laid on the bench but her arms are dangling)

1

Not wanting to wake hope, but bored and anxious from being chained Wes closes his eyes and tries to meditate. Letting all thoughts go, but the details of the connection between the woman and the guard.

(Sorry if Im doing something similar I'm not sure what exactly I could do. Also I didn't think about it before but Wes didnt currently have a pack or gear besides what the guards gave him.(compad, uniform, laser pistol, stun baton.) The kids took the new one and the old one he left at the barracks when he first changed into his new uniform.)

(Notice/wis)

(7)

Looking over Hope for wounds you notice her bindings are the same as yours, they don't seem to have blocked her telekinesis.

(Sorry about that I was trying to decide on how to say things and if letting us get captured was too stupid, then was getting fitted for a tux.) Wes sighs after looking over the bruised and unconscious Hope. Before deciding to let her sleep. "I'm sorry, I wish you'd listened to me, but now I guess we both take our chances with redemption." (edited)

1

You wait a bit longer before you hear some people loading things into the shuttle's cargo hold. A short time later and it seems everything is loaded and the shuttle is ready to go. As the people get into the shuttle to prepare to launch, you can sense that there are two pairs of people with the strange bonds you felt earlier, though you're still not sure how they work or what they do. The shuttle shudders as it takes off. None of the people enter small room you're locked in and Hope continues to slumber beside you. Eventually you feel a spike drive engage and you enter the metaspace to travel to wherever your new owners are taking you.

Wes tries to find a comfortable position and pretends to be asleep. (edited)

After a few hours in spike some enters your chamber and shakes you awake, "Drink."

Wes opens his eyes and drinks what they give him eagerly.

A man in a dirty brown smock stands before you holding a jug of water to pour into your mouth. "This is a gift from the Almighty Xerkis." His voice is expressionless and his eyes downcast.

Wes finishes drinking and wipes his mouth before speaking still looking at the ground. "Praise to Almighty Xerkis the Redeamer. Can this property address the one that brings his gift?"

"This one has been allowed to speak."

"What is expected of the newly redeemed?"

"Obey. Do not take initiative, if you have no orders remain still and out of the way until you have new ones. Disobedience is punished severely and heresy is not tolerated."

"Can you tell me about the redeemer and their worship, or any orders or customs such as that which have become routine? I know nothing, and am afraid I or the one redeemed after me might fail or be slow to act in some way that is common and it considered heresy. If they are not obedient will that reflect on me? I don't wish either of us punished, but am unsure how to prevent it."

"Punishment is given when deserved. Which may be often. Each is accountable for their own actions only, though your overseer is permitted to punish whenever they wish as long as they leave you fit to work. This one is not worthy to teach of the Almighty Xerkis."

"Thanks to the one that brought the gift, this property will remain still as ordered." Wes stands again at attention but keeps his eyes averted like the man who brought the water.

The man walks over to Hope, dribbling some water into her mouth and holding her head so that she swallows. He then leaves without a word and you're left alone once more.

Wes looks over to see if Hope is awake, and make sure she's not choking in her sleep. (edited)

She's stirring restlessly but not choking. After a few minutes her eyes blink blearily. "Wha... where are we?"

"I'm not sure exactly, but we went through a spike jump so I assume the home of the Almighty Xerkis. So what happened, how did they capture you?"

"Almighty whatsit? I was coming to look for you since you'd been gone and someone tackled me from behind. I tried to blast em but they whacked me good and now I'm here. The boys were still in the ship, not sure what happened to them."

"I guess that's why you didn't get my message, hopefully they escaped, and can warn the others. We're probably stuck here. I know it's not your first instinct, but do you think you can keep your head down, and play nice? If we wan't to live long enough to find out about this place we don't have much of a choice." (edited)

"Play nice? Yeah right, I'm getting out of here. I've got a few instapanels in my pocket if they didn't take them, we'll be fine."

"Come on, you're not even a little interested in exploring this world, or waiting for a better chance to escape?" (edited)

"I guess if we're in spike there's not much we could do anyway..."

"Right, if you still want to try and escape, I won't stop you, but I don't think they are big on second chances, and once they see your powers you won't take them by surprise again."

She sighs, looking dejected. "Alright, but first chance I see I'm gonna take it!"

"You should probably heal up first at least, maybe by then well know something? Could you survive in the wild on your own or pilot one of these ships out if you needed to?"

"I can't pilot, but surviving is easy. Did it nearly on my own for three years with my crazy master."

"Well maybe that's the way well go then heal up, see what the planet's like get some supplies built up and one day you just vsnish into the wilderness. I'll stay behind and cover for you. I want to see more of what this place is like anyway."

She rattles her chains, "Judging by how they're treating us I don't much care to see more..."

"Sure, and that makes sense. Hopefully we'll be alright at least until you can get away. I'm probably too curious for my own good."

"You for sure are. Well, might as well get cozy, who knows how long the spike is."

"Yeah, at least I can see them coming. Remember though no talking unless ordered around them, and we wait until we know more about them and the environment at least before you run. No point if we'll just magically explode or hostile wildlife or something right? How good are you at hiding things?"

"I mean they didn't take my instapanels, so I must be pretty good."

(You guys are still chained and shackled, you can't move much. Your weapons are too big for pockets so they would have taken them, that's what I meant by your pack was in the corner. They were lazy about it and didn't search your body so your compad is pretty much all you have)

1

(So they are unattended just out of reach? but they'd probably notice if they were just magically gone and punish someone for it right, either me, both of us, or us and the man in the dirty brown smock probably just to be safe.)

(Yeah)

1

"Hmm... they didn't take my compad either, but I'm sure they'll notice it eventually. Would you mind if we use one of your panels to hide it? The repairs to the ship are makeshift and I don't think one extra hastily inserted panel will draw too much attention. It might be useful later, like if you escape then I'll have a way to contact you or something like that." (does that work better?) (edited)

"Yeah I can do that, give me a sec."

5:45 PM

She fumbles in her pocket awkwardly for a minute before the compressed panel falls out onto the floor.

5:45 PM

"Alright, where should I put it?"

5:46 PM

(You can give a sneak or notice/wis or int to find a good hiding spot)

(notice/wis 10)

Hope lifts your compad with her telekinesis, carrying it to a spot that looks particularly patchwork. Then she activates the instapanel and shapes it over the compad, trying to blend it into the background. It looks pretty well done afterward assuming no one noted what exactly it looked like before.

"Well, I guess now we wait. I'll try to give you a heads up if someone is coming, but if I clam up and look at the floor all of a sudden you probably should too. So Hope, done anything interesting recently? Taken up any hobbies after rejoining civilization?"

"Uhh I've done some robotics work I guess. Some programming and stuff. I haven't been back long."

6:05 PM

(Just let me know when you're ready to skip ahead. No rush, it's just a 2 day spike)

1

(That should be ok, I didn't have anything too major planned mainly getting to know hope discussing interests, backstories, what happened to each other so far, and talking to the man when he brought food or water. Maybe trying to ask who the ones in robes are, and their relation to Almighty Xerkis the Redeemer? If we would be killed, why they took us alive stuff like that.) (edited)

6:18 PM

(So what happens when we need to go to the bathroom? That seems potentially embarrassing.)

(Yeah we can RP out whatever you want, I just didn't want you to feel like you had to RP the whole two days)

6:20 PM

(You have bedpans basically for the bathroom, so still embarrassing but not sitting in your filth lol)

(So the easiest way would be to have Hope help telekinetically right since our hands are chained? Asking for that seemed like the most embarrassing part. The insta-panels would make a good partition at least lol. You can fade to black the event, but the shame and the smell will linger.)

(Sorry if that was too much, gross detail. I wanted to note the specifics of what would happen if we were going to skip two days, and give you the chance to interject something or skip over it since you've heard me talk about Wes' backstory and the events surrounding him a few times now.) (edited)

(I don't want to skip anything you're wanting to do, besides going to the bathroom perhaps lol. The guy who brought you water would probably help with that since they don't know you guys are psychic. They don't care about your dignity but your health/cleanliness is mildly important)

(alright, I guess lets rp through the days since those questions are kind of a pafo thing since I'm not sure if he'll answer them or not. I think Hope just said she hadn't been back too long and worked with robots a little? We can just skip over the bathroom thing since we've sort of already addressed it with maybe a mutual bond building embarrassment all around afterwards. Does that seem about right?)

2

Wes counts on his hands for a second. "I've only been back in civilization a little over three days myself. Had 4 jobs, 3 of which I'll miss, one I'd rather forget, watched a bad movie with a nice girl. learned some about cooking, and baking, passed my custom vr guard training, got robbed by one sewer orphan saved a few other sewer orphan's lives, and didn't get revenge killed by the psychic masters. That's a little out of order, but I don't want to go on about myself too long. So did you ever learn that trick where you can stick to walls, or any metapsionics? I'm kind of a one trick pony being an undertrained restricted."

"I'm restricted too. I pretty much just lift things and I can make weapons and armor for myself. Sounds like you've had some busy days. I helped fix up some bots for those psychic guys then I saved a little girl from some quillbeasts. Turns out they were being riled up by some feral who lives out in the plains or something. We fought it but it got away. We didn't get a good look, but I don't think it was human. Pretty creepy if you ask me."

"Hmm, I wonder what it was? I guess we have our own more pressing mysteries to uncover now though. Like who these people are, why they took us alive, what do they plan to do with us, how did they find our planet, what did they want with the wreck, and if and how to move up from property in their society. It seemed like they were in several groups with those robed figures at the top of what we have seen those warriors taking orders or directly controlled by them, and the servants like our friend with the water and smock at the bottom with us even lower. I dont think they will kill us if we are obedient, but I'm curious about their use of the term redemption. Just a turn of phrase reflecting belief and us being pressed into servitude, or something more? Sorry if I'm sort of talking to myself or at you kire than to you. It's a had habit I picked up being alone so long. Like the personification of whatever gave us mystics our powers and talking to it. I don't mean to worry you I'm not too cracked or anything just some coping mechanisms to deal with being chained snd imprisoned, better add rambling to the list." Wes smiles and tries to stifles chuckle. "I'm sorry you were hurt and captured, but glad you're here, I'd really be wigging out awake 24/7 spending a spike trip locked up by myself in a small room again. I'm sort of starting to feel like I must like playing the damsel on some level, or maybe this is the imprisonment part of our heroes journey. So what does using telekinesis feel like, the best way I can describe meta psionics at least at my current level is a beautiful and intuitive type of synesthesia where you see and hear different psychic and mystical powers. Then can identify them on use once you associate the input with a power." (edited)

"Um, wow. Yeah you've thought about our situation a lot more than I have apparently. Uh, telekinesis. I mean it feels like I'm lifting something but with my mind ya know? There's energy and stuff... I haven't thought about it much before really."

"Getting introspective helped with being in one place, like my mind was free to wander, even if my body wasn't. I could help you go through some guided meditation if you'd like. Just 15 minutes to start, it might feel good for you to calm that pent up energy a little?"

1

"I've found ignoring my thoughts and feelings to be more effective. But I guess it couldn't hurt... seems hard to relax chained up on these benches though."

"Probably a little, but maybe if you try to get in a relaxed seated position and let your hands hang from the chains. Some controlled breathing might help first. Once you find a comfortable, or at least not painful seated position, and close your eyes we'll begin." (edited)

She follows your instructions, though she clearly has problems keeping still if her clinking chains are any indication.

"Try to observe, but not control your breath. Feel your stomach expand as you inhale. Then deflate as you exhale. Your breaths getting deeper as the tension melts away. Breathing through your belly feel your body slow down and relax."

12:01 AM

"It is perfectly normal that you've been experiencing anxiety, there is nothing to be ashamed of. So take a moment to honor yourself your body and your emotions. Praise the fact that you have chosen to listen to yourself to accept and admit that you are experiencing anxiety not running away from it, not trying to pretend it does not exist. Instead you are accepting it, and in doing so you are giving yourself the greatest honor. When you accept your emotions and let yourselves experience them you let them subside on their own. Whenever we run away from our emotions or act like they don't exist they just grow stronger in the background, so today in this moment in this safe space you let yourself say I'm feeling anxiety."

12:05 AM

"It's ok to accept it and admit how you feel there is nothing wrong with you for feeling it. All emotions are useful. Just signals and messages flowing through your body. Take this time to understand your anxiety without letting it control you, but just let it be. You are just observing the anxiety it does not control you, doesn't define you. It is just something you experience temporarily. A messenger of the body you must honor and listen to before it serves its purpose and you can move forward."

"Take a moment to indulge your curiosity, and ask your anxiety what is it trying to teach you about what you really want in life? Usually anxiety is felt when things don't go the way we want them too. Ask what are you teaching me how are you helping me gain clarity on what I truly want. Sometimes anxiety is more general in worrying about how we are perceived in public, other times it is very specific. Whatever the circumstance is typically anxiety is teaching you what you desire is a solution to that circumstance. Tune in to that desire or circumstance, how do you wish things would go? In this moment we can feel grateful to our anxiety for helping guide us to be clear about what we truly desire." (edited)

12:18 AM

"As your breath becomes softer and more gentle still through your stomach and abdomen. Be proud of yourself for doing this exercise. Say thankyou out loud or in your mind to yourself for honoring your emotions, for listening to them, but not letting them control you For working with them instead of having them run you. It is safe to feel your emotions. Take this feeling of releif and clarity of what you really want. Bring this feeling with you as you become more aware of your physical body and tune in to how it has shifted. Begin to wiggle your fingers and your toes. Slowly when you are ready gently open your eyes coming back to the room around you."

1

12:21 AM

Wes leaving his own short meditation only smiles warmly at Hope. Ready to welcome her when she opens her eyes and returns to the room. (edited)

You feel her relax and her breathing slow as she follows you through the motions... you wait for her to finish and after a moment she starts snoring softly.

Wes smiles to himself and lets her sleep, keeping watch for someone else coming.

The same man from before comes by every few hours to check on you. Giving you water and helping with any embarrassing situations that might occur. You note that they don't give any food, so you assume the trip likely won't be too long.

Wes tries to catch hin again before he leaves. "Could the newly redeemed address that one again? It is curious about why they have been taken alive and offered redemption? And if that one is also one of the redeemed."

"You will serve the Almighty better alive for now. Everyone living with the blessing of Almighty Xerkis is offered redemption. Some choose to reject it, but all end up serving one way or another."

"Are the ones with robes his priests? They said I had not yet earned the honor of addressing them, does that mean it can be earned?"

"You will be instructed on the castes after we arrive. It is very difficult for ones such as us to rise. But with enough prayer and displays of devotion it is possible."

"Thank you friend, I hope to prove worthy of the chance at redemption bestowed upon me. Until then I'll remain still, obedient, and reflect on the little I know of Almighty Xerkis the Merciful Redeemer." (edited)

"If you're looking for mercy you've come to the wrong place." The man gives a slight nod to you and leaves.

Wes thinks on what the man said, and how he reacted to describing Xerkis as merciful while trying to put together what he knows about Xerkis, his worshippers, and if he could be the same being he calls m.u.s.e. While he waits for hope to wake up, or something else to happen.

Hope wakes sometime later, stretching as much as she can in the chains. "Ow, that wasn't comfortable... and I'm hungry. And I want to escape." (Nothing super significant happens till you get there but you can chat with Hope some more if you're wanting)

(I might, I think the most significant thing is Wes asking the friendly smock man one last question after thinking about things a bit. Which direction we went in from Brizeno. ) "We should be out of the chains soon at least. Maybe you will feel a little better then? Someone will explain our situation a little bit more to us when we arrive."

"A bit better. That'll depend on what they're doing to us when they unchain us."

12:14 PM

Shortly later the man returns with some more water. Hope gives him a glare before turning her eyes downward as you've suggested.

"One last question, I've been thinking on what you said, and Almighty Xerkis. Do you know what direction we went in to return to your home?"

"This was this one's first time leaving the planet, knowledge of the stars is not for this one. But your new home is Etxaurren. You will not leave unless honored as this one has been."

"I am not too worried about leaving Etxaurren or returning to Brizeno. I'm excited to arrive in-fact. It's just I feel like I was being kept alive, and sane by something. Even through large events like the scream three years ago, and I wondered if that was Almighty Xerkis. I've usually been safe if I go South or to a lesser degree West. Then I was taken to be redeemed, and it seemed to be a set of coincidences I could more easily explain as part of a larger plan. Sorry, I know you said someone would talk about that when we arrived. I thought I would tell you why it mattered since you've been nice enough to answer my questions." (edited)

(Alright, sorry about the long wait)

1

10:08 PM

"This one has been instructed to answer questions in a limited capacity. The Almighty does not often take notice of individuals, it seems unlikely to this one that you were. But all things are possible with the Almighty Xerkis."

"Maybe you're right. I'm probably just trying to force a mystical explanation onto ordinary things I don't understand."

"This seems likely. You both should get some rest, we will be arriving soon. Is there anything else you need before I go? We may not meet again."

"Do you think I should try to use terms like this one and that one referring to myself or others instead of more individualistic pronouns, speaking more as you all do or is it just a natural way of speaking rather than something imposed or excepted?" (edited)

"How you speak to others is determined by their position compared to yours. Generally you should never speak to one greater than yourself without an invitation. Humility is expected, self identity is unimportant. You are not a person, you are a tool for divine use. This one has forsaken his name to be a better vessel for the Almighty."

This One lowers himself as much as he can with his hands chained above him. "This one is ignorant and only newly redeemed, and thanks that one for teaching him how to speak properly to make himself understood with humility when called upon to speak, and respects the choice you have made to honor the Almighty." (edited)

The man nods in recognition, "This one must prepare for our homecoming." He makes for the door before turning back, "Good luck."

"Thank you, good luck to you as well." This one remains in his lowered position until the man with the smock has left, then turns to Hope. "See, not everyone is unkind, and This One admires the devotion it takes to renounce something as personal as a name for one's beliefs." (edited)

She looks at you in bewilderment, shaking her head slowly "What are you guys smoking?"

"Well if This One wants to be devout enough to rise castes, start early and jump in with both feet right? The farther I fall down the rabbit hole the faster This One rises, or at least that's This One's current hypothesis. There is a method to my madness, though for it to work This One has to believe, sorry if that seems too crazy. This does seem like one of those can't join the club if you don't drink the kool-aid situations though, and This One has to be devout enough for both of us if This One is going to bring you alomg for the ride, right? Hopefully that makes at least a little sense? You pick up a few things having to live with and out crazy ferals, or die or both." (edited)

"Umm. I didn't understand half of what you said but I'm pretty sure you're crazy. Sounds like you dont even want to escape. I mean, good luck with all that but I don't think I can follow along like that."

This One sighs. "Look I'm not that crazy just I have to act like it if I'm going to get you out of here or get deep in enough to find out anything ok, but since they can do some kind of mind bonding or something I have to believe it or else we'll both be in trouble I think. Look if you can't believe in Almighty Xerkis, or being obedient. Trust that I'm trying to help you, whatever I end up having to do to prove my devotion enough to Transend castes, that sounded a little ominous I just want you to be aware going in so you're not surprised later. Not crazy, mainly pretending, Ok? Sorry if I scared you, but that just means I'm convincing right?"

"Ok ok, jeez. Yeah, you were pretty convincing. What's that mind bonding you're talking about anyway, like telepathy stuff?"

"I assume so, but maybe on a deeper, and one on one or one at a time basis. It's something new to me. Each of those priests seemed to be bonded in such a way to one of the warriors. I'd just rather be prepared for it. I'll probably drop the I's and using my old name, it seems like that is a common, but serious thing people do to show their devotion. You don't have to and maybe shouldn't if you can't do it whole heartedly, and comfortably. My current plan is to ascend while you stay lower caste, but bring you with me since it seems like you'll be able to disappear more easily the less attention you pull, and being higher up will make it easier to stash supplies, get access to places, vehicles, technology and that kind of thing. Of course we'll know more when we actually arrive and one of the priests deigns to let us converse with them."

"I guess that's not the worst plan. It's based on a lot of assumptions though... that guy made it sound pretty hard to rise up too. We'll find out soon though. What are you wanting to do with the compad you hid?"

"Honestly I'm not sure, it just seemed like a good idea to stash it away before it was found. Not knowing how restricted or available technology or communications are I'm not sure how useful it will be. If there isn't a network or something for it to connect to it might not be of much use." (edited)

"Want me to grab it for you or are you gonna leave it? We probably won't be on this ship again."

"Grab it, it will do us more good with us I think, and they haven't really searched us. Good call Hope, also I know you feel safer with your Insta-panels. We'll have to see, maybe you could do something cool with with your telekinesis and those heat weapons." (edited)

3:08 PM

(Sorry, if I don't respond I'm going to dinner with family.)

"Yeah, I totally need one of those weapons." She reaches out, pulling the instapanel off from the wall before carrying the compad back to you. As it's mid-air almost in your hands the robed woman who captured you walks in and freezes at the sight of it floating.

3:45 PM

Your meta senses go wild for a moment as you sense a flurry of instantaneous activity. Her bond activates, some strange energy flowing to her from her partnered warrior and you see the compad yanked from Hope's control by an opposing telekinetic force. Strangely, the effect was the same but the nature of the telekinesis felt different from usual. She turns around and walks quickly out of the room.

3:46 PM

Hope turns to you, mouth agape. "Uhh what was that? I think I'm in trouble."

"We'll see, I forgot you probably used your telekinesis when fighting them earlier, so they were ready for it this time . There isn't anything incriminating on there though. Just remember to stay humble, honest, and only speak if asked or given permission to address them." (edited)

"I didn't get a chance to use it last time, they knocked me out before I got a look at them. What if they kill me? Should I escape?" She looks around frantically.

"I don't think you need to, probably just startled them, we should see how they react first. Trying to get through all of them on their own ship still in space seems like a bad idea. If they have psychic powers even if they are slightly different. I don't think they'll kill you for it. Would it make you fell better if I told them about mine too? I don't want you to be singled out."

"I don't think we should give them any information they can use against us. I guess I'll just wait and see what happens... I hate this."

"Me too, at least we're not alone though. We'll get through this."

The shuttle jerks and bounces, the spots that had been fixed poorly rattle disconcertingly. The descent through the atmosphere to Etxaurren is rough. No one returns while you descend though you can assume they will shortly.

This One tries to brace himself grabbing the chains, and spreading his feet from his spot on the bench. (edited)

The jolting stops as the shuttle sets down, and the robed woman enters once more. She points to Hope, "Stay." She turns to you and beckons you to follow.

Wes tries to follow, but motions to his chains.

She comes over, unlocking the manacles from the anchor but leaving them on your wrists. She then walks out, expecting you to follow.

This One gives Hope a quick smile and thumbs up, then follows her out head down. (edited)

Hope gives you an unconvincing smile as you leave. You exit the shuttle to find yourself in a large hangar, a retractable roof closing now that your ship has landed. Bright sunlight and a gust of hot dry air comes through the opening before it closes, leaving you in darkness as your eyes adjust. Before they have time to get used to the dim light someone grabs your chains, leading you off somewhere else.

This One tries to keep up, and not trip being pulled in the dim light.

You're led to a different room, getting only a brief glimpse of the hangar before exiting. In your brief look you see at least two other ships, another shuttle and one that looks free merchant sized. You enter a small room where a burly dark skinned man stands holding a bioscanner and a chart. The robed woman turns and leaves without a word. The burly man looks at you, "Name?"

"This One has chosen to forsake their former name when told why some among you have done so. This One can tell you what it was if you wish." (edited)

He gives you an odd look, "For the sake of records you will be Male 3417. Do you have any illnesses or conditions to disclose?"

"No diseases or illnesses, what do you mean by conditions though, nothing medical?"

"Genetic conditions, old wounds, anything that would inhibit your work."

"No, I've always been in good shape."

He takes some scans of you, confirming what you say, "Previous occupation? Special skills?"

"Psychiatrist, Counselor at Psychic Academy, Workshop Apprentice, Laundry and Bath attendant, Guard, Baker's Apprentice. Special skills, general charisma, familiarity with most stims, and psychic powers, the ability to identify them and their use, and well the last part is a little harder, or more painful to explain. I can work for a long while with little nourishment, and am not very effected by the elements, resilient to the point of seeming to return to life under certain conditions I believe. Sorry this one can't really explain it fully yet, and was trying to investigate it when redeemed."

2:59 PM

(sorry if I don't respond for a bit going to walk my dog then the gym.)

"Seems the nexus got more than she bargained for with you. A durable worker with few needs is a valuable prize. Along with a psychic girl too. A profitable voyage, we'll need to visit that planet again. Hold still." He inserts a needle in your arm and draws blood into a large vial. "Are there many like you on your old planet?"

"Sadly most of them died, or were driven crazy. The few others who lived were granted other gifts. This One is not sure of them all or even the full extent of his gifts. There are some notes on the ones encountered, but I think the device they are on was taken earlier." (edited)

"I will make sure the device is studied. Is there anything else you can tell me about your home planet? Technology levels, settlement locations, military might?"

"This one was only back in civilization a little less than a week, but will tell you what is known. Some of it, like details about various powers is educated speculation. I was to have a meeting with the governing council, but I was brought here and redeemed before then."

6:42 PM

"Apologies for slipping into old habits, but giving up This One's name is newer than This One's redemption even, and harder in speech than in thought at times."

"What are your objectives? If you can tell this one, it will make it easier to offer important information and the best ways to achieve them." (edited)

"We aim to bring others into the light of the Almighty Xerkis. You may call me Preceptor by the way. My job is to enlighten the newly redeemed and find a position that fits them best."

(My phone is dying andceating with family I'll send the response when back at pc, sorry.)

1

"Thank you for trusting me with this Preceptor. Maybe you will have to tell me more about Xerkis before I can give you a truly informed suggestion. I know only a little about him, but I think for now you are in a potential position of strength, but still will gain more by showing mercy. Before trying to bring others where I came from to the light, show them Almighty Xerkis' light already in yourselves. You seem to have great technologies, and powers unknown to me even after the calamity of the events three years ago. Share or show what you will or can, and preach openly of Xerkis. I think some will be drawn by the blessings he has given you, but this is the way you will get the true believers, and have an ally in them. Use the strength of even those that don't believe to spread his almighty name. Help them raise themselves up while they are weak and you are strong and they will never leave your side. If they find out later that you abduct their citizens and from their view force your religion upon then they will fight the belief even if they do believe I think, such is the nature of someone who has had to fight for everything they have. Even if they are dying of thirst and brought to clean water you can't force them to drink."

"It is inconsequential if they fight, their deaths will glorify the Almighty and bestow honor on our warriors. Those who surrender will be offered redemption and enslaved or sacrificed as appropriate. The Almighty Xerkis requires three things of his followers: devotion, strength, and blood. Provide these and you may be able to rise above. Those above you, which is currently everyone, will expect the same three things as well. Preceptors exist outside the caste system somewhat and you are allowed to approach and speak to us without first being acknowledged."

"Thank you for that. I'm saddened that you feel some must die on both sides, but it is an important lesson to learn early. What do you mean I must give blood though I understand devotion and strength, but if everyone is above me wouldn't spilling the blood of another be something I should avoid?"

"Blood is both literal and symbolic. Be willing to give your life or take that of our enemies for those greater than you. If one commands you to take up arms against one equal or lesser than you, do so without hesitation. In addition to this, blood has great value here and you may be asked to make a gift of your own to the Almighty."

"I have an interesting relationship with death. I think it's part of the gift I was given. Dying won't be a new experience for me, but I think I'm stronger now than I was then. This might seem an odd question, but can you tell me what direction we are in from the place I was redeemed?"

"Etxaurren is galactic east from your planet."

"Interesting, just a silly theory I had. Well, reject the name reject the direction. You've been patient in answering my questions. I will give you some of the specifics I know, but I would ask that you wait until I've proved myself before you return to the civilized areas of the planet I was taken. I know I have no rank to do so, but you seem reasonable and though not afraid of blood know when you'll need to spill it and give a chance to all for redemption at least. How much do you know of psychic powers or the individuals capable of mastering all or some of their techniques? Possibly given spontaneous powers after the event where most of them died three years ago?"

"We don't currently have many psychics but some is known. The nexi and sunguard have their own mystic abilities, gifted to them by the Almighty."

"Do you know how these abilities work?"

"That is not for us to know."

"I only mention it since my own psychic abilities are metapsionic, or let me sense such things. I apologize if this is taboo. I can't really help it though, even if I avert my eyes I can hear it."

"Some of the sunguard have similar abilities, this shouldn't been a problem." (Technically your skill doesn't give you any specific knowledge about what you sense, I'll give you some if something is close to a psychic ability but otherwise you'd need some levels in magic-know to get more)

"Well several of the ruined cities are defended by still running turrets, and the ferals living there. They are powerful in that their minds are already burnt out so torching themselves for more power isn't an issue. Though there have been some semi coherent encountered even the task force the new academy assembled only fought one of the more powerful to a standoff. I heard something might be happening in the swamps or on the moon where the Zabrak are, though be careful both will have powerful psychics, and the Zabrak are, or were isolationists. The psychic masters are very powerful essentially 3, some new students some empowered after the scream, a few with mystic abilities, the guard with vr training and several vehicle types. I never inspected the full fleet myself. What kind of weapons and armor do you have, I've seen those of the guard and your warriors, but it seems like they weren't using lasers or other ranged weapons but heated ones?" (edited)

"The sunguard use their dual blades, regular soldiers have all manner of weaponry. For yourself use of all weapons is prohibited for now. Is there anything else you'd like to share with me?"

"I think that is most of the tactical things I know, are you interested in potential salvage sites? I was first captured around an old crashed ship, but I'm not sure what your team was looking for there. I noticed the ship I was in seemed hastily repaired. I know the task force I mentioned earlier was in the city last I heard, but I don't know their strength, amenability, or number besides a strong psychic healer and a powerful young telepath powers surfaced after the scream, trained by someone other than the masters. I lived trapped in the psychic academy for a while, there I discovered there my lack of a need for nourishment or sleep. The amount of powerful feral psychics is high. After dying the second time I didn't interact with them directly as much they seemed quite mantic going between states of extreme aggression and mindless wandering, but retained or grew in power. I can tell you a little about my companion. Please be gentle with her, she is distrustful of the psychics, and you. She is like those I mentioned, forced to live on her own until recently, wary of any trying to control or quantify her. I think she trusts me, but am unsure how long she will keep up even the appearance of obedience. Do you know anything of inhibitor collars, or other ways to stop psychic and mystical powers?" (edited)

"We found a few such collars among the wreckage you were procured in. It is good to know what they do, thank you. Your companion is being delt with by another Preceptor, I'm sure they will make her most compliant as you have been." The Preceptor makes notes of all you say. "Alright, now your turn. What questions do you have for me? I will not be allowed to answer everything, but I will answer what is permitted."

"Sorry if this is silly, but I know you mentioned blood was important, do you do things like eating the hearts of vanquished foes or something?"

"Nothing so barbaric. The most blessed among us are offered a sip of blood from a sacred chalice that restores youth. A most rare gift from the Almighty himself. It's said that he doesn't eat or drink but from that chalice."

"So the almighty lives here and interacts with you? What can you tell me about him, and how to serve him? The more I hear, the more I think he must have had a hand in bestowing my gift, and I can't let that go without repayment."

"Lives here yes. Interacts, not very often. You serve him by obeying. He does not bestow gifts on those but the most devout, and besides yours is different from any I've heard of. I'm sure it is from some other source."

"Sounds simple enough, what should I do now then, and where would orders from you rank if you are outside of the castes?"

"I do not give orders, so there's no confusion there. I will assign you an overseer from whom you will take orders. I think you would do well a bit separated from the main city, I was thinking you could start as a general laborer for the Temple of the Bleeding Flames. The most elite of that order become the sunguards that serve the Almighty directly with the nexi."

"Thank you, for thinking of me, and giving me such a post." (edited)

"If you have no further questions then we may proceed with your preparation."

"I guess, we should proceed then."

"Alright then, you wait in here a moment while I arrange your transportation." He steps out of the room, taking his notes with him.

Wes looks down, and waits to be taken to the Temple of the Bleeding Flames.

(Gonna be pretty busy next few days, go ahead and take 6xp 5000 credits)

(Thanks, should be cool to get a new person, and it just gives me time to think out the foci lol.) (edited)

(I decided to keep it simple 2 points to take con from 14 to 15, hp from 25 to 49 forgot to add in diehard foci (which is why roll says 39) also that's the foci, ac and ab went up by one each 18 to 19 (with dex added in) and 3to 4, put the last skill point in magic know to bring it to 0 also at 10,000 credits. Oh I also added some new goals, I know you'll be busy, and some might be longer term so no rush. I just thought I should tell you, and maybe make some new ones with all the cool new stuff, and since I'm not sure when the old ones would be workable again. I was wondering if focusing a goal in that I couldn't add anymore or complete any until it was complete or some limit like that would be something I could do? I thought I should consult you first maybe since it would be a mechanics thing.) (edited)

(I mean you're free to limit your goals if you want to, that's up to you. I'll take a look at your new ones, otherwise your level up stuff all looks good)

1

(I'll probably just leave it open then with a soft limit in my head (around 10 to 15 active ones max, I'm not sure if treating a feral is still one I could pursue in my current situation, but don't want to take it off just to add it again.) and try to change them or focus on one in play as it makes sense. I'm not sure if I'll need to change or specify the wording on some of the new ones, but I put a few in there figuring some of them might be faster to succeed or fail, or not be goal material.) (edited)

(Sorry, not sure if you saw this since I edited it in. Also I feel kind fo silly for forgetting, the new person is Harriet the cat lady right? or is it a new new person or leave it a surprise.(forgot to hit enter lol))

(It's Hailey's new character)

1

You wait there for over an hour before the Preceptor returns, holding a worn smock like the man on the shuttle wore. "You'll need to leave your clothes behind, you're not allowed to own property anymore."

Wes looks up while taking off his guard uniform. "Do you know when I will meet my overseer?"

"They will be at the temple when you reach it." He hands you the smock. It's worn but mostly clean, a washed out gray-brown with only a few suspiciously red stains.

This One hands him the uniform then takes the smock, and begins wiggling into it. "Can you tell me anything about them? I want us to get off on the right foot." He asks still a little muffled by the smock. (edited)

(If the PC is a Psychic or Partial Psychic, they must spend at least one of these points on improving psychic skills or gaining new psychic techniques. They can save these points to spend later if they wish, but they cannot spend them on more mundane talents)

9:40 PM

(I had forgotten about it too so don't worry about it for past levels, let's keep it in mind for the future though)

1

"You're best off just meeting them I think. Just remember what I've told you and you should survive. Your extra hardiness will be helpful. Come with me, we've got a subway to take us to the temple. It's close but removed from the rest of the city. They like their isolation there."

This One follows. "Do you know where the one that was with me, Hope will be placed? I feel responsible for her since we were redeemed together, and without my calming influence she is a bit excitable. So I'm a little worried."

"You likely won't see her again. I believe she's being sent to work for the Nexi where her psychic abilities might come in handy. Best to put her out of your mind."

"Then I will try, but who knows. You said those demmed worthy among the elite can be chosen as temple guards, and work with the Nexi as well correct? I will follow the orders of my betters as best I can and Xerkis willing hope to be among them someday. Is there anything else I should know? Can I speak with my overseer as I have with you?" (edited)

"I'm afraid it won't be possible for you to join the sunguard. The warriors of the temple from which they ascend are trained from a very young age to be vessels of the mystic powers bequeathed to them by the Almighty Xerkis. Preceptors are outside the system, you should not speak to anyone else without permission. There will be other slaves there with whom you may speak as long as you are not in the presence of one greater than you."

This One sighs. "Well I'll try to put the advice you gave me into practice, and learn what I can. Maybe if not as an ascendant in the temple I am better suited to serve in some other way, it's no longer for me alone to decide. Thank you again for your patience and politeness in speaking with me." (edited)

He leads you through a hallway and down some stairs to a small underground station where a tram is waiting for you. "This is where I'll leave you. You'll likely not see me again either, though there will be a Preceptor on site at the temple if you need them."

"I will look for them then." This One looks down, and waits to be taken to the temple.

The tram door opens and an older woman is inside, looking at you expectantly.

Wes looks up at her quickly then pointedly averts his eyes to her feet, and waits obediently.

She sighs frustratedly, "Over here, slave. Did the Preceptor not beat you enough?"

Wes walks over eyes still averted. "This One apologizes, but he was told not to act unless ordered directly, and he is still ignorant and learning, only recently granted redemption by Almighty Xerkis." (edited)

A thin wooden switch lashes across your hands, stinging painfully. "You'll need to learn to obey unspoken commands too, slave. Hmph, hardly a bruise on you." She glares over at the Preceptor, "I expect to transmit obedient slaves Preceptor, if the overseers have to send him on to the blood farms things won't end well for you, even if you lie outside the castes." The Preceptor just smiles and waves to you as the door closes behind you. "Sit and be silent." She heads over to a control panel and the tram shifts and groans as it slowly begins to move. Inside you see a few long benches with anchors for chains. Everything is very clean and smells strongly of some sort of cleaning solution.

This one sits and is silent, but concentrates on her feet, and listens trying to keep up his practice with his meta senses.

(You're meta-2 now right? So you can scan someone visually to check if they're psychic/magic.) Your senses don't pick up anything for now and the tram slowly gains speed. There are no windows and the journey seems to be underground the whole way. The older woman stays by the control panel though you can't tell much of what she's doing looking at her feet.

(Yes, meta-2) Wes waits, and watches for her to move or the doors to open. Something signaling him that a command has been issued spoken or unspoken. He shudders at the idea of finding out what the blood farms are in person. (edited)

Eventually you feel the tram slow to a stop and the woman walks up to the door. "Follow."

Wes stands and follows wordlessly.

You exit into a small station that mirrors the one you came from. She leads you up some stairs and takes you to a large whitewashed room with tiled floor and a large drain in the center. She leaves you in there alone before two other slaves wearing smocks like yours and medical facemasks enter with soap and a hose. "You must be sanitized before you can enter offworlder."

Wes nods and takes off his smock, hands it to one of the workers in masks then moves over the drain. He looks up at them, and looks them over after the overseer leaves. "We can talk now that she is gone correct?" (edited)

Both slaves are fairly young, one man and one woman. The woman takes your clothes and the man approaches with the hose, "Yes, our silence is a sign of respect for our betters. Amongst equals we may speak, though you'll still find ranks and factions within our own."

"I'm sorry, I didn't mean to imply I was your equal. As you know I'm only newly redeemed. I appreciate you helping me clean myself I was chained and unable to do so myself on the trip here. Do you know anything about the Temple of the Bleeding Flames or the blood farms? They sound impressive, but ominous." (edited)

"The temple is where we serve. Our masters are prodigious warriors blessed by Xerkis himself. The name comes from the blood forge beneath the temple where their sacred weapons are made. Only members of the order are allowed down there. The blood farms are simply where the blood is grown and harvested." As he sprays you down with the hose, the water is actually nicely warm. He hands you the soap.

Wes takes the soap, scrubs himself down and enjoys the simple pleasure of a wash in warm water after sitting chained in his uniform for two days.

The soap is rough and unscented, but the cleanliness is a pleasant change. The man hoses you down again. "You'd best get dressed quickly. The overseer doesn't tolerate tardiness."

Wes nods then goes to the woman and takes back his smock and puts it on again. "Thank you for speaking with me, I will try not to get you into trouble by doing something I shouldn't. Are there any other standing orders? She seemed kind of mad when I didn't move quickly enough before." (edited)

The woman watches you get dressed, "No standing orders. You'll meet the overseer soon, they'll tell you what is expected. You seem well adjusted for an offworlder. It's unsettling."

"I spent too long trapped alone. If I have to act a certain way to stay alive and around regular people I won't question it. No one has attacked me without reason or tried to eat me so it's better than living in ruins among crazed psychics. Most have been pleasant or at least tolerant so I don't see any reason I shouldn't do the same. I hope that explanation will put you at ease at least a little."

She just shakes her head, "We don't eat people here, that's a very inefficient use of blood. If you expect your life to be pleasant you've come to the wrong place, our pain and blood serves Xerkis as much as our hard work."

"Admittedly my redemption didn't exactly start as a choice, but I find myself like a moth to the flame with investigating your culture. I see myself as a chronicler and preserver of the more interesting parts of history and if you can say nothing else Etxaurren doesn't seem like a place where people lack something to do. I was told though difficult I could perhaps become more than property one day though I might have to do things that come hard to me to get there. Was that true, or have I been misled or misunderstood?" (edited)

"One may rise through the castes through extraordinary events, but generally one remains where they are. I have never met nor heard of one whom has risen in my lifetime. Especially one not raised among our culture."

"Hmm... , well I guess I'm kind of stuck now, and don't want to go to the blood fields so hope for the extraordinary I guess?"

"Be satisfied that your position allows you to serve faithfully as do all castes. As long as you are useful and obedient you will not be sent to the blood farms."

"Then I will stay obedient, I'm not afraid of hard work. Are you often asked to make a donation of blood or kill others of our caste?" (edited)

"In most cases where blood is used death is required for it to be effective. But for the rare occasions that is not the case, one of us is allowed to make a gift of our blood. Our overseer allows us to discipline and kill our own rather than they sully their own hands. Killing is not often called for, but you will need to partake in disciplining others."

Wes looks down. "Then I will when it is ordered. Though I don't relish the thought of punishing others."

"You don't have to enjoy your orders, you only have to follow them. Come, it's time to meet the overseer."

Wes follows behind her.

They lead you out of the room and further down a hallway that opens into a large room. A person in an elegant suit of bright emerald with gold buttons sits at a long table eating. They glance at you briefly before they resume eating what looks to be some kind of grilled meat heavily flavored with herbs and spices. After a moment they take a delicate sip from glass of dark wine and clear their throat, "You may have the honor of responding to me for this and only this conversation."

Wes with eyes still averted bows deeply to the point of kneeling to them. "Thank you for the honor Overseer. This One eagerly awaits your orders, and apologizes if his ignorance limits his ability to follow them to your desires and hopes to make up for any area lacking in himself with obedience and devotion to Xerkis, This Ones betters such as yourself, and being worthy of any orders or honors you deign to give him." Wes continues kneeling and averting his gaze to the overseer's feet until told to do otherwise but continues listening.

"Too loquacious. Keep your responses quick and to the point." You're knocked from kneeling to the floor as something cracks painfully against your back. You see the male slave standing behind you returning a long wooden stave to his shoulder. He looks straight ahead at the wall ignoring you. "Your devotion is a pleasant surprise, but we do not reward what is expected. You are to obey any initiates' orders except those that run counter to my own. Escape is futile and any attempts will see your body drained of its lifeblood as painfully as efficiency will allow. Your main duties will include general maintenance of the temple and whatever physical labors we ask of you. Any questions?" (edited)

" I will speak succinctly. Can you please tell me about my duties, and any those I will work under?" (edited)

"You work under everyone, but most often orders will come from me. You will keep your assigned section of the temple clean and functional. If something breaks you are expected to fix it. If it is something beyond your skills you may ask the other slaves to aid you, though they have no obligation to do so. At times you will leave your assignment to perform other duties as you are commanded."

"Thank you, that seems within my skills."

12:01 AM

"Is there anything else I should know to avoid doing something taboo?"

"Speaking against the Almighty Xerkis or other heresies are punishable by death. If you are witness to heresy you are obligated to report it or else be considered complicit."

"I think that is most the important questions I have. Do you have a native tongue that I could learn is the only of the others I think worth voicing, though I am interested in learning more of Xerkis, you and your people, I would not impose on you further by asking you to teach me directly. Thank you again for giving the honor of addressing you, I think I have learned, and benefitted from even this short conversation, sorry for this last bout of loquaciousness, but I am unsure when or if I will have the honor of addressing you directly again though I will strive to honor you with my actions since I can't with my tongue." After this Wes is silent on the floor expecting to get the staff again, but waiting for an order to rise or be dismissed to his duties. (edited)

The staff does fall again, painfully, but he waits until you're done talking rather than interrupting you with it. "This is the language we speak. Words are wind. Actions are the only way to show your devotion. You will begin your duties right away, dismissed." They turn back to their meal and continue eating.

Wes nods and pushes himself to his feet then bows again, and looks for the young masked woman that led him to the Overseer.

The woman and man move over to a door opposite the one you entered and wait there for you before proceeding through.

Wes walks over then follows them through the door.

This door leads to a small entryway with staircases on each side of you leading up and further into the building. A large front door is before you and the slaves head towards it.

Wes looks at the stairs and takes in the temple, but continues following behind them.

You exit the door and get your first glimpse of Etxaurren. It's nighttime but your surroundings are lit up by what looks to be a dozen moons, large and small, in the night sky. Sand crunches beneath your feet, white but at a closer glance it had a slight pearlescent sheen to it. The air is cool and dry and a slight breeze ruffles your smock. There are a few low flat-top buildings around you but the temple itself is very apparent. A large septagonal pyramid dominates your view, wide entrances on each of its seven sides. Massive blocks of pearlescent sandstone make up its construction, the outside devoid of ornamentation, letting its presence speak for itself.

Wes' mouth is agape as he takes in the impressive environment and architecture that defines Etxaurren, and the real temple eagerly, but he quickly tries to compose himself and catch up to those bringing him to the temple eager to see what it looks like inside. (edited)

You see guards wielding the dual blades you saw earlier at each entrance of the temple and a few smocked slaves rushing about on errands but otherwise the streets are mostly empty. The buildings you pass are plain and those that have windows are heavily shuttered. You circle the pyramid part way before you approach an entrance and the female slave whispers to you, "This entrance is the only one we may use, mark it well."

Wes looks at the entrance trying to see something that distinguishes it from the other entrances.

(Survival or notice/wis)

(6)

You're not sure the direction with no sun as a guide, but you get q decent look at the surrounding buildings and think you'd be able to find it. The temple itself doesn't seem to have any remarkable features on the outside.

Wes nods to the woman then waits for her to continue into the building, thinking maybe he can see something to better remember the exit on the inside? (edited)

The three of you enter, the guards barely sparing you a glance. Inside is a large open lobby with halls and stairways leading in all directions. The male points to the stairs, "You're assigned near the top of the temple, cleaning and maintaining the living spaces up there. It's a long way up the stairs, but you'll get used to it. You need special permissions to use the elevators. And don't ask for it, someone will tell you if you can."

"I'm ok with taking the stairs. Are there many rooms up there, or will it be obvious which ones I am respinsible for, also are the cleaning and maintenance supplies up there?"

"There are not too many. The rooms there are for the senior most members of the order, those who did not ascend to sunguard. You and one other are assigned to the floor 5th from the top, the floors are smaller up there so the two of you should be plenty."

"Alright then I'll check in with them when I head up, thank you for your advice and bringing me here, if there is something beyond my ability to fix do you know who I should go to for help?"

"Depends on what it is, we have a common living space down here on the ground floor. You're free to ask around there."

"I will go there if I need help. If you need to find me I'll likely be on the fifth floor " Wes bows to her then heads for the stairs to ascend tp the fifth level.

(5th from the top, so closer to the 15th floor)

(Well a good stair workout lol)

The stairway is narrow and winds back and forth up each level. Other slaves push past going the other way, but as you get higher there's less traffic. Your legs are burning by the time you reach the floor, you'd be out of breath if you needed to breathe. The stairwell opens onto a room full of cleaning supplies, tools, and anyt other equipment that you might need.

Wes grabs some cleaning supplies, a toolkit, some generic parts, a meta tool, survey scanner and a bucket or something to put water in, and a mop then heads on to the rooms to inspect them for dirt or damage. (I'm not sure about the availability of the scanner, but that would help telling the integrity of things, and if they would need to be repaired or if something needing to be cleaned up was hazardous right?) (edited)

(Sure, that can work) Outside the room you find a wide hallway with a few doors on either side. The end of the hall seems to open into some sort of communal living/recreational room. Most things seem to already be fairly clean.

Wes inspects the rec room for something that needs maintenance or a hidden spill then goes to knock on the closest door if everything looks clean and in working order and no one gives him orders otherwise. (edited)

The rec room has a few tables and chairs, a couch, a TV, and a mini bar. It looks clean and seems to be in order. You knock on the closet door and hear a rough female voice call out, "Come on in."

Wes enters smiling, averting his eyes and holding up the cleaning supplies in one hand and the tool kit in the other. (edited)

You find an older lady, sharp beady eyes watching you carefully, her face lined with age, outlining a perpetual scowl. "Another new one? At least it's human, that other one makes my stomach churn. Just clean around me. Quietly!"

Wes nods, and inspects the room for anything that needs cleaning of fixing.

You see a half eaten breakfast sitting on a side table and the small bed is unmade. The lady is sitting at a desk scrolling through the news on her compad. Looking over her shoulder it seems the crew who captured you made the front page.

Wes smirks to himself about making the news then thinks to clear the breakfast first. Looking around the room to see if it looks like the dishes are washed and stored in each room or in the rec room.

You don't see a place in the room for the dishes to be stored. There was another door off of the rec room that could likely be a kitchen.

Wes moves to the bed and checks whether the bed just needs to be made of if he also needs to launder the sheets. Figuring if he has to leave he should take the plates last, and this will also give her a chance to pick at the breakfast if she decides to.

The sheets don't seem too dirty and the lady doesn't seem to be interested in the food.

Wes starts with making the bed taking the time to make sure everything is perfectly folded, fluffed and tucked, then gives the room a general cleaning, dusting, mopping and organizing, and finishes by collecting the plates. Moving to the woman and bowing one last time before leaving to go wash them to give her a chance to ask him if she needs something specific. (edited)

As you head to the door she speaks without looking up, "My breakfast was a little cold this morning, see that the other is beaten accordingly."

Wes nods, bows deeply and leaves to what he suspects is the kitchen to check it then clean and store the plates. (edited)

As you exit the room you nearly run into another of the temple's denizens coming out of the room across the hall, the dishes tilt precariously as you catch yourself, but you manage to not drop them.

6:51 PM

@Hailey Clements (Mylonite) (if she wants to say anything)

Wes prostrates himself, and puts down the plates not moving away, but bracing for some kind of disciplinary blow. Eyes downcast. (edited)

(Sure!)

She kicks him in the shin. “You should know to watch where you’re walking, slave or nay.” Frustration peers through her voice. She pauses a moment, looking him up and down and noticing how well dressed he is in comparison to some of the others. “You’re one of the new ones, aren’t ya.”

Wes nods.

“Figures. What’s your name?” she asks bluntly.

Wes speaks a little muffled at first with his face in the floor, before looking up a little to be heard clearly. "This one has chosen to forsake his name when told why some others among you do it, though I can tell you what it was if you wish."

Aila rolls her eyes and takes a deep breath as she struggles to hear him muffled against the floor. “Look at me when I’m talking to you. And speak up, my hearing isn’t what it used to be. Now, what’s, your, name?”

8:13 PM

(This is fun lol. And making fun of Wes is only half of it)

(Yeah, it's fun to play this side too.)Wes moves up to a kneeling position then looks up at her bracing for another hit expecting a trick then clears his throat and speaks clearly and loudly without yelling. "This one renounced his name but is designated male 3417, and used to be called Wes, or Westley Milgram. I apologize for not speaking clearly with you or making eye contact earlier, but I was told not to unless told to then had it beaten into me so I remembered."

She nods in thanks. “Yeah, well I prefer the older ways. Some of these kids have such fragile egos that they’ve gotta blat down anyone they can for any reason. Tell me, 3417, what’re your skills?” She pulls her telescoping pole off her belt and lengthens it, standing as if ready to hit This One, before grinning slyly to herself and leaning on it as a staff.

Wes eyes the pole with watery eyes, flinching when she brings it down to lean on. "Th... This one has several skills. Piloting, repair work, healing and exertion of the mind and body through several techniques, cooking, dancing, and a few psychic and mystical skills also. This one can see powers of others, is hardier than most, and needs very little. I'm sorry for bumping you and speaking so verbosely at such length. Thank you for gracing this property with the honor of meeting your noble gaze, taking in your wondrous countenance, and addressing you directly." Wes keeps eye contact with her but his face a blubbering bleary eyed mess from a mix of pleading and the strain of not looking away and bracing himself for a hit with the pole. Eventually under her quiet look his posture slackens and he burbles out a final desperate plea bringing up his clasped hands in a plaintive and submissive gesture. "I'll make sure to work on your room next ..it,. It will be cleaner than when you first moved in. Please, don't kill me, or send me to the Blood Farms." (edited)

Aila stands for a moment, eyebrows raised and looking over her glasses. Her eyes widen, as he says ‘piloting’ Perhaps ‘This One’ really is ‘the one’, the one who can help her escape. She tries to keep a straight face. “Oh, no, I have little interest in taking you there. Though, I always appreciate a clean room. Replace my flowers too if you will. They always just put them in a jar of water, but they need good earth to thrive and grow. Now, I’m curious. Why do you call yourself ‘This One’?” (edited)

Wes sniffles a little and wipes his face. Looking at her quietly while he processes her words and composes himself. "Um, well the fist one I met of my caste did the same. Is forsaking your name to be more connected with and a better conduit for Almighty Xerkis not a common choice? It was a show of devotion I could respect even being newly redeemed, so I thought I should try to do the same. Though he was better about not using personal pronouns, but he's probably had more practice. Of course I will find good earth to bring you a whole living plant. Do you know where I might get one or what type you would like?" (edited)

“I don’t have a preference, surprise me. But to return to the name. I believe you misunderstand my question. You grovel weakly and behave as if you have no choice in anything. I understand quite well why you’d call yourself ‘this one’, but don’t know if you see why you call yourself, ‘this one’. No one’s forced you to do that.”

Wes looks a bit confused, then frantic. "I wasn't forced to grovel no, but at the risk of being too frank. I like being alive, and not beaten or harvested for my lifeblood. I imagine it would be even worse since I could be killed let alone for an hour and killed again forever as far as I know. I've died twice in my short life, once quickly once slowly both painful and don't care to repeat the process. I also imagine the fate of being forever bled is quite lonely and don't wish to be forced into isolation or confined to small spaces again. As you said most I have encountered are subservient like myself or desperate to maintain complete control to stroke their egos so if I give it to them they probably will just degrade me or kick me and move on. Most people even the sadistic power hungry ones don't take pleasure in torturing someone who doesn't resist, and heaps praise onto them." After he's said this Wes covers his mouth with both hands and looks away then back. Then just falls back sitting on the floor. "That isn't what you meant either is it? Maybe you should just tell me." He pipes up voice much weaker than during his short but impassioned monologue. (edited)

“It isn’t what I meant, but that’s fine. I’m sure you’ll figure out what I was asking once you find the answer. You’re a blether, but a wiser one than you think, Westley Milgram. Oh, and, off the record, self-preservation is a great answer to the question you were answering. Funny things answers are. More often then not, they exist before the question, yet for some reason we insist that the question must be the origin. Now,” Aila tosses the pole up, shortening it into its foot long hilt once again. She raps Wes on the head with it quickly before hooking it back onto her belt. “I’m sure you have work to do, that you’re dying to get back to. I won’t keep you any longer, but I’m sure we’ll meet again.” With that, she turns and starts for the lounge and kitchen area.

Wes grabs his equipment and the plates and goes after her thinking to say something else, but unsure what he would say, if he should, or can since the conversation and permission to address were ended? So he smiles despite himself thinking on what she said and goes into the Kitchen to begin washing, and putting away her neighbor's dirty dishes. (edited)

You enter the kitchen, finding it nice and fairly large. Aila makes a cup of tea and then leaves. You see a small pile of dirty dishes in the sink and a dishwasher next to it. You gather that both slaves and members of the order cook, but the cleaning is left to you.

Wes rinses the dishes then leaves them to soak thinking the other rooms might have other dishes for the pile and takes his supplies and goes to clean the woman's room.

(Aila's room?)

1

(yes, I don't think she told Wes her name though.)

1

You find her room fairly clean, no dishes out though the bed needs to be made. An old set of armor similar to the ones you saw before lies in the corner, unworn for some time.

Wes spends even more time making up the bed and cleaning than he did on the first room, polishes the armor and looks for other small things he could clean before cleaning the room overall, looking for anything that needs maintenance, and finding the area where she keeps her plants to get an idea of the space, what type of plant or plants would best complement the room, and if enough light would enter to keep the plants alive. (edited)

There are flowers on her desk and not too much room for anything larger. She has a large window, heavy blinds currently open with plenty of moonlight streaming in.

Wes thinks for a moment before taking the vase that the plants are in with him. Putting back the cleaning supplies for now then taking the vase downstairs to the slaves quarters. (He will stop if he sees an alien in a servant's smock, but if not continues to the slave quarters to look for them, and help with getting a live flower and the earth it would need to survive.)

In the supply room you find the other slave. A large humanoid, female if you had to guess, is stuffing some dirty sheets into a washing machine. Her pink skin is covered with short, coarse white hair that coats her body besides her flat round snout. Delicate tusks poke out from beneath it, pointed ears folded over on top of her head. She turns as you enter and puts a hand on her hip as you take her in, "It ain't polite to stare. Never seen a Piggen before?"

Wes bows, blushing a little at the reproach. " I didn't mean to be rude. I just think you're rather striking, sorry if that's too forward, and no, I haven't had the pleasure of seeing a Piggen before. Would I be right in assuming we will be working this floor together?"

"Hmph. You must be the new offworlder. I'm one too if you couldn't tell. But yeah I work here with these old grumps. The name's Isolda. Where're you from?"

"Earth originally, then Brizeno, I guess Etxaurren now?" Wes looks around then leans close and takes on a conspiratorial whisper "You seem trustworthy, and nice, I'm Wes, but if anyone asks this one has renounced his name so as to show obedience, and honor and be a better conduit for the Almighty Xerkis." (edited)

"I'm from Karim. You shouldn't trust people so easily, that'll get you killed or worse. Thankfully you're right, I am nice. And it's good to meet you Wes."

"I'm happy to meet you too Isolda." Wes smitten smile changes to a serious look before he speaks again. "Now, I have to ask what might seem like an odd question, but will you fight me?" (edited)

She tilts her head, looking at you strangely, "Sure. Any particular reason?"

"Well, that shrewish old woman across from the nice, kind of interesting and quirky one with the plant said her food was cold this morning and I should beat you. I think it's just an excuse to punish you for her xenophobia, but I fear if you don't look bruised and beaten next time she sees you, she will only make things worse for you. I will of course take over cleaning her room and breakfast duties for her. I just thought a good fight would be more interesting and less horrible than having to hit you in a way it would show while you just had to stand there and accept it?"

(Top 10 things to say to start a fight: “Number One: ‘Hey, you wanna fight?’”)

2

She makes a face, "Muriel. She's a nasty old wretch. Well, that's the most gentlemanly offer of a beating I've received in some time, how could I turn it down." She begins clearing space in the middle of the room.

Wes helps her clear the space. "Thanks, I just thought why not at least ask. I'm sure someone will ask you to beat me eventually, maybe this can be a regular thing, both get our beatings in all at once? I was learning, but I've messed up meals worse than serving them a little cold, and I tend to take liberties and talk too much. Don't worry about me going easy on you. I'm pretty sure if I did you'd toss me down those stairs." Once the ring is cleared Wes does a little footwork pose hop shadow punching and kicking routine ending in a big arm flourish then smiles a cocky shit eating grin at Isolda and does that little martial artsy come on gesture. (edited)

(Initiative)

(8)

(6, you're up)

Wes takes a defensive stance and waits for Isolda to make the first move. Eyes locked to her, still with the same grin. (Full defense +2 ac (21 total) does the immunity to melee weapon shock damage include unarmed attacks?) (edited)

She returns the smile, maintaining eye contact and feinting a blow to your shoulder while the other fist connects with your stomach. (22/2)

3:36 PM

(Unarmed doesn't do shock without a focus I believe)

2

Wes falls headlong into the feint why do they always go for the shoulder he thinks, and is surprised by Isolda's speed and strength when the blow connects. It makes him glad he can't have the breath knocked out of him. (what are the sleeves on the smocks like? I'm trying to get an idea of what areas might show a beating besides maybe the knuckles and the face?) (edited)

(No sleeves actually)

1

After seeing her feint Wes tries one as well but changing targets the opposite way throwing a cross at her face, but then turning it into a hook to her shoulder at the last second. (edited)

3:49 PM

(17/2)

Your blow connects solidly and you feel dense muscle under the short thick fur. Her leg lashes out with a swift kick to the shin. (24/3)

First shoulders now shins? Wes tries to use hopping and holding his shin in pain to disguise the wind up for a jumping kick to her other shoulder.

4:13 PM

(15/3)

Your kick nearly knocks her over, throwing off her follow up hit. (14/miss)

Wes looks her over. "You ok to keep going? I think I have to hit you at least once in the face before we stop, sorry." (skip turn) (edited)

She grins at you, panting heavily. "Sorry? This is the most fun I've had since being captured."

4:35 PM

She takes advantage of you relaxing to throw a quick punch to the chest. (24/2)

Wes staggers back from the punch to the chest a bit further than he was actually knocked, he grins, they lock eyes again, and he charges at Isolda using the distance to build up speed and jumps into a flying strike with his knee. (Roll incoming power flicked off so I had to switch to phone.) (edited)

4:48 PM

(17/2 power back on) (edited)

Your knee hits her chin, knocking her to the floor. She sits up, dazed but smiling. "That'll leave a mark. Certainly better than the usual beatings! Best not mention it to the slaves though, not all of them are as open minded as we are. Especially the ones born into it."

"Yeah, if they ask, just say I hit you in a disciplinary fashion so it would show and the elder would be appeased. I know they appreciate the spilling of blood, so they can't be too anti fighting, but it wasn't explicitly ordered and, better safe than sorry. Besides if they know we like fighting they might order us to fight each other to the death as punishment. I don't know what I'd do then, I couldn't kill you, I don't know if I could kill anyone. Do you know where we're supposed to go to clean ourselves or where I could get a live plant and some dirt for this vase? I didn't really get a chance to look around besides them telling me we can only come in or out that one entrance." (edited)

"Oh, Aila didn't like her flowers? She's a bit fiery at times, but really she's one of the sweeter ones here. Honestly I don't know where to find good dirt, most of what I've seen is sand. Maybe under the river or something, but... I don't know how to swim. I've been here about six months now I think, I haven't left the temple much."

"She liked them, just wanted a living plant I think. She seems more traditional. Is there anyone else I should know about up here, and will you be ok cleaning the rest of the rooms on your own today maybe? I'm not sure how long getting a flower and soil will take. Maybe I can teach you how to swim sometime to make up for it?" (edited)

She smiles, "I'd like to swim. My family lived in the mountains. The lakes there were frozen, at least a foot of ice on them even in the summer. We'd ice skate on it and cut holes to fish. Much too cold for swimming." She sighs, "Six months feels like a lifetime ago."

"Then we'll get you swimming like a fish in no time." "Well at least you have enough of a home left to want to go back to it. I meant to ask, what planet were you taken from?"

"Karim. Not sure how much is left after Etxaurren went there. Piggen are a proud, hard people but we didn't have the technology to defend against them. Brute strength doesn't do much against rifles or even those strange blades and powers they use. My sister was captured too, I haven't seen her since. I don't know what happened to anyone else."

"I was piloting an atmoflyer on a salvage trip when we came on their ship. I went to talk to them alone and they tackled me and put me in chains. I let myself get captured hoping the others would take the chance to escape, but one of our team had already come after me and was also taken, her name is Hope. I think she's working with the Nexi now." (edited)

"Do you know what the Preceptor here is like? Maybe we could ask them where your sister ended up? The one who assigned me here was nice enough."

She gives a small gasp and you see fear in her eyes as you mention the Preceptors, "Nice? They beat me within an inch of my life multiple times until I was able to lie and renounce my gods for their Xerkis. Even after that they beat me just 'for good measure'. Under no circumstance will I talk to one."

Wes looks down. "I'm sorry. I'm beginning to think my mostly pleasant reception was based on my overly subservient nature. Would you mind if I tried to talk to the Preceptor to find your sister or maybe Alia? She seems nice enough, and to still have some pull here." Wes looks around before moving close and whispering to Isolda again. "I'm not sure if we should tell her about our escape plans or not though. What do you think?"

"Escape? We haven't made any plans and you so much as mention that word and they'll cart you off to the blood farms if they don't kill you first. Aila may be less cruel than most but we can't trust any of them. I've given up hope of seeing my sister again and you should do the same for your friend."

"It would probably be in my best interest. I haven't known any of you that long. I could survive here keeping my head down, and honestly... I'm a coward. That though, would be a lonely, and terrible life. Though interesting, I don't think this place would be good for either of us long-term. Don't worry I won't implicate you in anything stupid, but I won't leave you here especially not alone. No one deserves that kind of isolation. Surrounded by people, but forced to silence yourself, for fear of being beaten or tortured and killed for no reason. I wont let it break someome else like it broke me." Wes sighs then looks up into Isolda's eyes, reaches a hand out and squeezes an unbruised spot on her arm . "You probably think I'm crazy, but I hope you'll trust me." (edited)

You see a glimmer of hope in her eyes, "I've been so focused on surviving escape hasn't even been on my mind. I'm not sure how it's possible, even with your help. I absolutely think you're crazy. But for some reason I also trust you. Let's just be careful ok?"

(I don’t think she ever explicitly said that)

(She implied it? Directly it was asking why I called myself This one? She did ask what my name was and what my skulls were then sort of change demeanor after finding out I could pilot and everything else I think though? Sorry if im wrong again probably just Wes' sense of grandeur you know like the action movie hero who finds out he's the one and taps into his hidden potential? ) (edited)

(That’s fine.

4:28 PM

(Just don’t go assuming I said anything I didn’t)

(Sorry let me change up how I had wes say that. I didnt mean to put words in your mouth.)

4:37 PM

(Does that version seem better? Sometimes it's hard for me to catch stuff like that on the phone since you can't see your whole text to review it at once I'll give it another look/rewrite when I get back to my pc is that ok?)

"Of course, we can't escape if we're dead. Do you know Alia's routine? I know you literally just said be careful, but even before meeting you I was thinking of looking through her things more thoroughly for a journal or something? Maybe once I get the plant? I know you're reluctant to trust anyone even her, but some things she said made me think it would be ok. I bumped into her earlier this morning, and after kicking me in the shin she asked me several questions. The most important was why I called myself This One. I gave that boiler plate answer that I heard used by another I told you before but she asked again, then I got a little confused, snapped and blurted out my newfound devotion might be more self preservation than belief in Xerkis thinking she'd seen through me so I had nothing to lose. She stayed calm and said it wasn't what she meant, but praised my answer and self preservation. Then said I would better understand when I found the answer to her question, and mentioned how we often form answers before a question is asked. It sounded better when she said it, but I think that's about the jist. I feel like I'm missing a piece of the puzzle. Have you ever heard her mention any one or this one in that way before? Looking through her belongings feels like cheating, dangerous, and violating her trust, but I feel lost, and like this is something important that I should understand sooner rather than later." Wes looks down and lets go of her arm. "That probably makes me and my escape plan seem even crazier doesn't it?" (edited)

"I haven't spoken to her but a few times and never heard her talk about anything like that. I would be very cautious if you want to snoop around. If there's any chance of her helping it would be ruined if she found you out. I'm willing to help however you need though."

"You're right, I'll just get the soil and flower, then be back to help as fast as I can. I guess I'm headed to the river."

"That's probably smart. Good luck then. Try not to take too long, you wouldn't want to get caught outside during the day."

"We can't go outside? Does it matter I was ordered to?"

"It's still early evening yet. During the day I'd suggest a vaccsuit at the least, the sun Etxaurren orbits is extremely intense with little protection from its force.

"Oh that, I don't think it'll be a problem, part of my mystical gifts." Wes waves his hands in a vaguely magical way. "Would they let us take out vacsuits though? I've been meaning to learn how to use one anyway." (edited)

"Sure, we've got some downstairs. We occasionally need to go out during the day, though not often."

"Would you mind showing me around? I understand if you'll be too busy." (edited)

"Well someone's gotta work up here and I'll have double the rooms to take care of if you're off picking flowers. Maybe during the day though some people still need to sleep."

"Sorry, but I'd rather do it, since you can't swim. I guess I should get started. Good luck with the rest of them. I'll see you when I get back." Wes waves goodbye to Isolda then heads down the stairs to the slave quarters to get equipment and an idea of where he can find a suitable flower once outside.

Downstairs you're able to ask around the slaves and find their equipment room. Vac suits and most other standard field equipment is available.

Wes puts on a vac suit and takes a spade to more easily dig up the river soil, and plant. Then he looks for the female slave that brought him to the temple earlier. (edited)

You find her in a small cluster of other slaves, from their looks they seem to all be natives as most of the slaves you've seen have been. They're talking but quiet as you approach, turning to look at you as a group.

"Hello, you said I could come to you if I needed help. One of the elders wanted a live flower in earth instead of the cut ones, and I thought you might know where I could find one."

They all stare at you a moment before she responds, "We have an underground greenhouse, the plants there are grown in a nutrient rich gelatin compound far superior to any soil on this planet. But if that is what the elder requests you must obey. The sand will not support the greenhouse plants, but perhaps soil beneath the river will suffice."

"Do you know where I could find suitable wild flowers?" (edited)

"Nothing in the wild here is particularly suitable for decor. If you're careful you could transplant one of the greenhouse flowers to whatever soil you find."

"Thank you, can you please tell me how to get to the river?"

"It's nearby, just south of here. Make sure you're back before sunrise though."

"I will. I don't think getting earth for one plant should take too long, I only need enough for this vase." Wes shows them the vase and bows then heads toward the servants exit. (edited)

You get outside before remembering you don't have a sun to orient yourself with and you're not sure which way is south. (You can make another survival check or just ask someone)

Wes looks around for someone in a smock or dressed as a Preceptor by themselves to ask to point him towards the river. ( someone he could address without being punished for it)

Not many people are outside but you do see a slave heading back to the temple from some errand or another.

Wes approaches them and bows. "Could you please point me to the river?"

As you approach you see a man who is clearly not native. He's bald with pale white skin and as you get closer you notice that he's completely covered in intricate tattoos almost the same color as his skin. They seem to gleam in the moonlight as he nods to you, "River." He points back behind him, just slightly to the right after you exit the temple. His accent is thick but he seemed to understand you enough.

"Thank you. I'm sorry to delay you in the completion of your task, but you're also from offworld, right?"

He nods, "Offworld, yes."

(Can I place his accent or tatoos?)

(You wouldnt be familiar with them, no)

"Do you mind if I ask where from? I've never seen tattoos or heard an accent like yours."

He seems a bit confused by what you said, "River." He points again, nodding.

Wes nods and smiles. "Thank you, maybe I'll see you back the temple." He then walks toward the direction the man pointed him looking for the river, and a place where he can get some soil.

You walk only for a few minutes before you reach it. The river is wide and slow moving and seems to mark the edge of the temple grounds as you dont see any buildings on the other side. A thorny tangle of hardy plants grow alongside the river, though as you were told none of them have flowers.

Wes puts the vase down and wades into the river with the spade to get some soil.

The water is warm and smells of salt. The ground drops away steeply as you enter, the water deceptively deep. It seems you'll have to dive for your soil.

Wes swims down keeping a tight double handed grip on the spade.

The water is murky and the moonlight doesn't penetrate well. As you swim down the current gets faster, though not significantly so. (Notice/wis)

(10)

You reach the notion of the river bed and find a sea of kelp beneath you, waving in the current. You notice bits of bone and flesh stuck to the kelp though you don't recognize any of the bones.

Wes quickly starts digging at the bottom of the river trying to get the earth quickly.

(The dirt is beneath the kelp, so you're digging through the kelp?)

Wes looks at the plants first to see if they or an animal living in them are what killed whatever the bones are from. Wary of getting stuck to them.

You don't see anything living in the plants.

After looking around Wes decides to dig to the earth underneath the kelp.

(Physical save)

(Failure 9vs10)

You try to pass though the kelp to get to the dirt underneath. As the kelp brushes past you, your skin burns. It's almost numbing at first then the searing pain hits. You feel the arcane energy inside you battling deadly toxins and the pain stops as you distance yourself from the kelp. Your skin tingles as your body slowly starts to heal, you get the feeling without your durability you might already be dead. (9 damage)

Wes touches part of the kelp with the spade to see if it just reacted to his skin or is caustic to non organic things too.

It winds around the blade of the shovel as if trying to trap it, but the spade seems to be undamaged.

Wes tries to pull the spade free. Thinking he'd have better luck in the vac suit since it seems like the kelp isn't barbed but traps and chemically burns its prey then absorbs their nutrients over time. (could I have just left it on the riverbank with the vase and smock? or did it burn through the suit? I think we overlooked it since I only mentioned putting it on once in kind of throw away fashion when he put it on and got the spade, my bad sorry.)

(The edges of the kelp are finely serrated, it's not going to penetrate metal but could potentially go through a vac suit)

Tugging the spade free. Wes swims back up and gets the vase and puts it as far as it will go over his other hand. With the arm covered by the vase he reaches close enough for the. Kelp to grab around it ready to pull it taught and cut it with the spade.

The kelp wraps around the vase, not tightly enough to be pulled taught but it seems to be enough as the spade cuts through it. It seems to be a solid, if time consuming strategy.

Wes continues clearing kelp this way until he has cleared enough to reach the river bed, then he gets more soil than he needs in case Alia wants a different plant, and one of the kelp plants making sure to collect it by digging around the plant and putting the whole chunk of earth into the vase as opposed to pulling it up by the sharp posinous body of the plant. He keeps it submerged in enough water for it to survive, filling the rest of the vase with water as opposed to just enough to keep the soil wet. (edited)

(Let's get an effort/con check. You're gonna be cutting it really close to sunrise)

(9)

(Do you have two containers? The kelp is quite long so if you're wanting to keep it alive it won't fit with all the dirt you're wanting too)

(I was thinking by the time I cut down that far like just a little above the root since I have to cut down to the soil anyway? If I can't get that much extra dirt that's ok I can always use the gelatin mush? and get the second plant and vase back at that green house the other slaves told me about? I thought I would get a naturally growing plant for Alia in case she didn't want one grown in a greenhouse, and Wes is interested in a toxin that effects him especially one with a numbing effect. Although the burn afterward is kind of rough lol.) (edited)

(Yeah, I thought you were trying to take a whole plant, if you cut it that works fine)

2

11:22 AM

You exit the water with your vase of soil, water, and kelp. All the work took quite some time and you can see the sky beginning to lighten in the east.

"Damn East always out to get me." Wes mutters under his breath as he grabs his things and tries to get back to the temple before he's caught in the sun.

(would this have been long enough since the fight that an hour or more has passed?) (edited)

(Since fighting Isolda? Yeah)

12:30 PM

You head back towards the temple. Thankfully it's not too far, you reach it just as large blast doors are closing over the entrance. Someone sees you running and the closing mechanism halts long enough for you to slip in before closing heavily.

Wes keeps his eyes averted, but gives a thankful nod to those at the door as he passes heading back to the slave quarters.

You make your way back with your loot, the activity during the night slowing down as the most of the temple prepares to sleep. Others are just waking, a lesser amount of slaves to be available during the day to clean the public areas and be on call for any orders that happen to come at this time.

Wes tries to find the female slave or one who is awake to ask about getting a flower, gelatin, and a second vase from the greenhouse, and paper to leave a warning note about the kelp. (edited)

The female isn't around, but there are plenty awake who you could ask.

Wes approaches one who is awake. "Hello. I was hoping you could tell me how to get to the greenhouse so I could get a plant, a new vase, some gelatin for one of the Elders, and some paper or something to leave a note. This kelp was the only plant I could find outside and it's quite dangerous I think, so I wanted to leave a note to warn them." (edited)

The slave you approach is an older male, gray haired and mustached with a wiry muscular frame, "Offworlder eh? Greenhouse is underground. Stairs down are next to the stairs up." He eyes your kelp doubtfully, "The elder really wants something like that? There are plenty of flowers in the greenhouse."

"She said live earth and plant from outside. I thought I would bring both and let her decide since there weren't any flowers out there?" Wes shrugs.

He shrugs, "Not for me to question an elder. Go on down, should be fairly quiet there this time of morning."

"Thank you, I will." Wes bows to him slightly then goes to the greenhouse. (edited)

You find the stairs down easily, it seems there's quite a bit more to the temple underground and some branching tunnels out to some of the outer buildings for travel during the day. The greenhouse is close to where the stairs end. The inside is warm and humid, and an incredible variety of plants are being grown. Some are decorative, but most look edible or medicinal or serving some other function.

Wes looks between the plants for one that would compliment Alia's room, and someone to help him put it into a vase. (edited)

There are three attendants here currently, inspecting or harvesting the plants mostly. The plant care seems to be automated, the strange gelatin full of everything they need to grow.

Wes picks out one of the decorative flowers that he thinks would suit Alia and her room then goes over to one of the attendants to get their attention and help putting it and some of the goop in a vase or some kind of container for her.

The attending slave is wearing thick gloves and her smock seems to be of more durable material than most. Black hair lined with steel is pulled up into a tight bun on her head and she stares at you almost hostile as you approach, "What do you want?"

Wes bows. "I'm sorry to disturb your work, but I was tasked with getting plants for an elder and need help putting some of the flowers and gelatin into a vase for them. If you could please help me with that we can both get back to your duties as soon as possible." He holds the bow until she addresses him.

She grumbles a bit before acquiescing, grabbing a vase from under a nearby table, "What kind of flowers does the elder require?"

"They told me to surprise them, but seem of more traditional leanings I don't know if the name Alia means anything to you besides that they said they wanted a live plant? I thought something that would complement their room, but wanted to ask you first since you have more knowledge of the plants here." (edited)

"Aila? Usually Isolda selects from these flowers over here," She shows you a selection of pretty wildflowers of varying types and colors.

"Thank you, while I'm here, do you know anything about this kelp? I found it in the river while looking for soil. I thought to give it to the elder as well." Wes shows her the kelp in the vase while he looks at the wild flowers for something that matches Aila's twinblades and armor in color.

You find some suitable flowers you think would match well while she looks at your vase, "I don't have anything like that here. Can't say I've been in the river before, most slaves stay inside even at night. Daft offworlder, poking around where things will kill you."

"Thank you for your warning and concern, but I had to." Wes points at the flowers "Those flowers seem like a good choice to me, what do you think?" (edited)

"I do not know what the elder likes, but those won't try to kill her."

Wes laughs. "I guess that is a point in their favor. Do you have a tray? I don't want to drop one of the plants trying to take them up to the elder."

"Just carry them carefully and you'll be fine. Now, I have work to do so if you dont mind..." She turns away from you and goes back to her work.

Wes picks up the two vases to see if it would be realistic to take them both at once or if he should get help or make two trips. (edited)

It's a little awkward, but not too heavy to carry both. You'll have to move very slowly to not spill any of the water though.

Wes slowly makes his way up the stairs with the vases careful of others coming up or down the stairs.

It's a long way up, but this time of day the stairs aren't crowded. It takes you a long time but eventually you make it back to the supply room on your assigned floor. Isolda has cleaned up whatever mess your spar made, though she's not currently in the room.

(It's daytime so she'd likely be in the room and possibly asleep by this time)

(I should probably wait until she catches up then? lol)

(Yeah I'll get her there)

(No rush. When you get a chance could you please tell me how many hours would it have been since the fight with Isolda? I know I asked before, but I think I'm going to do something slightly stupid, and I was wondering how many hp I would have back since I get one an hour from occult resilience since I don't sleep.) (edited)

(Let's say about 6 hours)

1

(Thanks.) Wes puts down the flowers, and kelp out of the way in the storage room, and gets some tools he could believably be using to arrange them. He checks behind him and listens for anyone in the hallway or coming up the stairs. Then after a few minutes he sits on the floor, reaches into the vase and touches the kelp again. (I wasn't sure if the numbing effect would count for the goal of finding something like a drug that effects him in it's current state, but that's why Wes is experimenting with it. I thought it might be a more interesting place to pause things?) (edited)

(Physical save)

11:00 AM

(It's more of an uncomfortable pins and needles kind of numb followed by searing pain rather than a drug, but you could try to manufacture something out of it if you wanted lol. I was thinking you were looking more for something that would affect you mentally)

(I4 vs 10 success, I figure he was looking for anything that had some type of drug like effect and this is sort of the first thing that is close. Regarding the power in the wording, when i wrote the goal i thought it would be easier to get around it by using psychic or mystical powers since they wouldn't require manufacture just finding the right person. I think he could probably use his new meta skill to suppress his powers, but since he's afraid of getting killed and doesn't have any other drugs he's not going to go that route, at least for now.) (edited)

(Do you have psychic static? I suppose you could target yourself with it to counter your immunity to toxins lol)

(Yeah, it shouldn't count until he at least attempts it, if he ever does. I'm not sure what other powers could mimic a drug effect though. Maybe something telepathic? Or that weird Nexi bond thing, which was another reason he wanted to find out more about it.) (edited)

(2 damage from the kelp) The kelp stings, though not quite as painfully as before, your body quickly rejecting the toxins. It's highly unpleasant, but just barely scratches that addictive itch. More reminding you of its presence than giving any sort of relief.

Wes curses under his breath and lets the kelp go. "Stupid adaptive body." He sighs then begins actually arranging the plants, and examining the gelatin goop.

The gelatin is a semi-opaque white, you can just make out the roots of the flower burrowing through it. You're not sure what all it's made out of but the plants seem to like it

(You're free to jump to Aila's thread when you have time, no rush) (edited)

(Sure I think I've done as much for him as I can, getting him an igloo, putting up some of those gates so he can't get under the bed and left my dad with him since he likes him better. I forgot the vet was closed today, and I'm still not sure if he got hurt, or was just scared or what was wrong with him exactly, but I'll probably take him to the vet tomorrow to be safe if he doesn't seem back to normal. He wasn't limping, but whining and jumped lower thsn usual? Once we got the new muzzle and harness he at least let me walk him so that seems good.) (edited)

You exit Aila's room, excited for the chance to escape. Being early morning it's likely Isolda is sleeping now along with most of the temple.

Not sure of what else to do Wes heads to the slave quarters.

You don't find anyone awake down there, it seems those on night shift are away working and those here are all sleeping.

9:19 PM

(We can skip to evening if you dont have anything to do till Isolda is awake)

(I'd rather not skip if that's ok. I think I want to set up some things and maybe check out Etxaurren some if I can since we're limited for time, and when or if we come back everyone will probably be hostile to me at least.) Wes goes to take a shower then heads back to the green house. (edited)

The attendant from earlier gives you a glare as you return before going back to her work of pruning a shrub.

Wes looks to see if there is equipment for gathering plants . Something more dedicated than using a spade to cut them and maybe something protective, pots or vases to collect them in and maybe a palate or cart?((those flat bed cart things like at home depot for carrying a bunch of stuff? I don't know the proper name. maybe it's a type of dolly technically?) I'm not sure what would be available between the common supply in the quarters, here, and the supply closet. (I was thinking of having him gather more of the kelp to make something sort of like gloves or knuckles, maybe a whip (that seems like the easiest) with it. Worst case simply wrap chunks of it around his hands before the fight. Going in with stuff for gathering it and making sure he doesn't make contact with it since he knows what he'll be dealing with this time, and he'll probably be wearing a vac suit for the sun/heat? just in case until he tests it.)) (edited)

You're able to find a large cart and more specialized tools for harvesting plants, though you notice the other slave watching you the whole time.

Wes approaches her and bows. "Is it ok if I use this? Do you need me to help you with something first?"

She looks at you, almost disgusted at your offer, "No, I don't need anyone bungling up my delicate work. But if you've orders from a superior I suppose you can use it."

"Sorry, I won't waste your time then. If you wouldn't mind me observing sometime I would appreciate it. You do great work with these plants, and I wish to learn." Wes hangs his head. "Maybe then I wouldn't have to go back out during the day to make up for my inability to complete even the simplest tasks requiring a gentle touch, or I think that's how the elder put it."

"I would mind. Unless I'm ordered to I would prefer to work in peace. Go out there and fry for all I care."

"Noted, I'll try not to be seen or heard, do you know who I might ask if I need help with plants in the future? I don't want to bother you if you'd rather work in peace."

"You're bothering me right now. If your elder needs so much help with her plants send Isolda instead. She may be an offworld barbarian but at least she doesn't talk much."

Wes just bows deeply and goes about his business of heading out to the river thinking that's better than wasting the time or words on an apology.

(What all are you taking out with you?)

(Wearing the vac suit, the more resistant plant protection and collection gear, a spade to work the earth around the plants and containers to move two smaller cut plants and one larger. Enough to make the weapons I talked about potentially?) (edited)

(You're not sure if the plant has the same properties when dead and dried out, but you can certainly try)

(My plan was to get more live samples see if I could use those. Stashing them closer to the ships if possible. Potentially making a dried version since I will have to cut extra kelp to get to their roots anyway. Ooc I got super excited once I realized the Zadack did such cool stuff with plants. It was even better because you were hinting at from the beginning.) (edited)

(Does Alia's armor have gauntlets?)

(Yep. You can take some live samples with you, it won't be super easy to transport if you're sneaking though)

(More hiding in plain sight. I'm a slave who was given orders, but wouldn't take all of this stuff to scope out Xerkis, maybe to the ships since I'll have to go there loading Alia's gear in a day and a half anyway. Under the guise of familiarizing myself with the route so they get used to me carrying gear around potentially? Sorry if some of this seems odd I'm just trying to figure out how to do the legwork in a potentially inconspicuous or explainable conspicuous way if that makes sense?) (edited)

(for the meta powers would I have to be close to sense the magic coming off of something greatly powerful like the cup or Xerkis, or would it be almost something I couldn't avoid seeing with the amount of blood magic poured into them both?)

(I don't think you'd know enough about the cup or him, but generally you need to be in range of normal senses like sight or hearing.)

10:27 AM

(But you taking stuff to the hangar for her beforehand would work, trying to leave the hangar and go into the city less so)

(Sorry I wasn't sure of the layout or if there was just a huge building which was obviously the temple/ Xerkis residence or if sneaking a look at even the building would be more punish with death and blood farms or ok everyone wants to bask in the glory of xerkis, but move on.)

(You have no idea what the layout is or if Xerkis is even in the city. You've learned that hardly anyone sees him so you getting to do so is basically impossible and you'd probably die trying. Not trying to poop on your plans, just don't want you dying for something nearly impossible)

1

(that was just a sort of side thing I figured would be impossible anyway. I think the first thing I'm going to do is try and get the plants and check out the ships before everyone wakes up, or at least do as much as I can without being conspicuously absent and leaving Isolda doing everything again. Hopefully it goes faster with the tools specifically for it this time? if I can't check out the ships until later that's ok too.)

1

You find a small airlock leading to outside with a slave operating it. "Even with your vacsuit you won't want to stay out too long alright? And make sure the sunvisor is down so you don't instantly go blind. Good luck out there!"

Wes bows. "Thank you for the warning and advice, if I have to go back to the river do you think being in the water would help or it would just be boiling hot?" (edited)

"I'm fairly certain the river boils during the day, I'm not mad enough to check though."

"Well hopefully not too hot. I can at least tell you what I find out I guess." Wes nods again to the helpful person and secures his vac suit as advised then exits heading towards the river.

The airlock hisses as it seals behind you. Heat and light fill the chamber as the outer door slowly opens. Even with your sun visor you're blinded for a moment before your eyes adjust. It's painfully bright and the air shimmers with heat as you exit into the daylight. You don't dare look directly at the sun, but out of your peripherals it seems to be a small sun for its intensity, the light drowning out any of the planet's moons that are usually visible.

Wes looks over the suit and gear to see how it's holding up in the extreme heat as he walks, and determine if even he let alone others could make the trip from the temple to the ships.

As you walk and pass in and out of the shadows of buildings you notice there's a significant drop in temperature in the shade, the heat is almost entirely radiant as opposed to heating the air itself. In direct sunlight you guess the vac suit would function for a few hours at most, not nearly enough to walk above ground to the city even if you knew where it was. Taking the underground subway seems to be the only practical way there.

(would it be too far to get to the river and back potentially if it is boiling?)

(You can make it to the river and back, it's not that far. Hanging out in boiling water in between

up to you)

(was it murky or deep enough for me to believably think it might not be boiling?) (edited)

(It was murky and brackish, not sure how much of a scientist Wes is though lol)

(Sorry if I was using too much player versus character knowledge. I was thinking more ball park basic science course stuff than mentally calculating an exact temperature. Know covers that kind of esoteric stuff though right? I figured if I know it then it's common sense stuff for a future space yale graduate doctoral student? even a legacy pushed through one? It seems like the kind of stuff you might know to make yourself seem smarter at parties at least. Just tell me if it's a problem and I'll roll for it or not do it or something.)

(Go ahead and make a know-int check then)

(8)

Best you can guess, the higher saline and unknown minerals in the water would likely increase its boiling temperature but you're not entirely sure the effect of the strange radiant-only heat might have on it.

Feeling he'll be safe stopping in shadows every so often Wes continues to the river.

Staying in shadows for a minute actually does give your suit a slight break and it's able to activate its self reconstruction a little bit.

8:22 PM

You reach the river and see it does seem to be boiling but in a strange fashion. With what you've learned about how the heat and sun relate, you realize that only the surface is boiling and past where the sun can pierce shouldn't be nearly as hot.

Wes collects the gear to gather the first plant then dives in. Trying to get past the boiling surface quickly. Hoping once he gets deep enough the suit will start to repair itself and any water that gets in won't matter as he doesn't need to breathe anyway.

(Feel free to ask for know checks if you want more info on something, I usually don't think to ask) You do indeed get past the boiling surface fairly quickly, the suit remaining intact enough that no water leaked in. The river is deep enough that the water is almost cool by the time you reach the bottom. The kelp seems unaffected by the sun, the silty brackish water enough of a barrier that it can live in this harsh environment.

1

Before collecting the first plant wes tries to snip off a little bit and bring it in the vase of water to the sun to see how or if it's adversely effected by the heat. (That would be outside of the scope of a know role since it's an alien plant and biome and out of the fields that Wes has studied especially since he didn't get a chance to learn gardening or farming yet, right?)

(Yeah, it won't let you know things you'd have no way of knowing. But I can give you stuff I think you'd be able to assume like the water boiling only on the surface)

1

(cool, I figured that, but wanted to make sure I had a good idea of what wouldn't be a know role and would make more sense to learn through experimentation. So I don't bother you asking for know rolls on things I shouldn't or something.

)

You bring a small piece out into the sun that immediately combusts and turns to ash.

Well that's not good Wes thinks. I guess I'll have to leave the plants in the river until I come back. He swims back down and begins spooling the plant. Leaving this first one uncut if possible ( my plan was to do the digging and gathering part now but leave the plants in vases at the bottom of the river. Until it was cool enough to collect them.)

(Sure that can work, the current is slow enough down there they shouldn't be carried away)

1:54 PM

(how much are you wanting to get?)

(For the first one keeping the plant intact as much as possible. The other two at least enough to wrap around a gauntlet 3 or so times all still living. And keep the cut offs close to see if they survive or at least don't wither by the time I come back to retrieve them from the river.) (edited)

(Alright sounds good) You gather all the kelp you need, much more quickly than last time with your specialty tools.

Wes swims back up and takes the cart and tools, heading to where the subway is. ( sorry I know those weren't the words you used for those things.)

(How did you want to do Alia's stuff should I just meet up with her in her thread filling In the in between stuff in mine? I don't want her to have to wait on me and my escape plotting stuff more than necessary.)

(Up to you guys, not sure how much you wanted to do first)

(Check out the subway thing to see if I could operate it on my own. Then probably help with breakfast stuff and talk to isolda about the plan make sure Muriel has hot food, and meet with her when I bring her breakfast its still one day away at tgat point right one more day/night cycle so I'd have time to run stuff by Isolda first? I don't know if that seems ok for you and Alia?)

(Sure, Aila has to sleep so she's already skipping to sunset but we can try and run through some of that quickly)

1

3:19 PM

You reach the building you exited last time from the subway, to find that there's no airlock like the temple has, just a reinforced door that's currently closed.

Wes looks for a way to open it.

(Hey Wes is there anything you need me to do before Aila leaves? You may have already said but idk)

(Yeah since she's leaving first she can go ahead and go while you're finishing up)

( just wanted to make sure you don't take your armor since I might use it for escape stuff. I think that's the main thing besides accompanying you to see you off so I can get a good look at the ships and see how the subway works? Especially since it might just be closed during the day? If your ward is carrying your gear I figured Isolda and I, or at least I would go carrying your plants? Since that's more dangerous.) (edited)

You don't see a way to open it from the outside.

(is it just a regular door or a blast door?)

(Somewhere in between, not as strong as a blast door but mor fortified than a normal one)

Wes shrugs and tries knocking on the door.

You wait a moment, but no one answers.

Wes looks around for another way to get into the tunnels like a maintenance access or large heat vent or something?

You don't see any other external entrances above ground.

(You said even with going into shadows every so often it would be too long to go on foot to the ships right?)

(The ships are in a separate city, you'd have to cross open desert over multiple days)

1

(Oh ok that makes more sense I wasn't sure since the subway brought me here from the ship pretty quick.)

(It's a fast subway and it took a couple hours. On foot it'd be days)

(so not technically impossible for me, but more noticeable and harder for anyone with me?)

(You haven't been in the sun without a suit yet so you're not sure if you could make it)

(So this is probably going to be another bad idea. ) Wes heads back to the river wanting to be close to the water in case his plan goes horribly.

4:54 PM

(before potential stupid incoming damage would any more hours have passed yet?)

(How much health were you down? Probably 5-6 hours, it's well into the day by now)

(was down 12 between the fight and the first burning then the second burning for 2 plus the six hours from the fight. add six hours now I should be at 33/39) (edited)

The sun is at its apex above you when you reach the river, even with short breaks in the shadows your suit is nearing its limit.

Wes quickly mumbles a prayer to M.U.S.E before he takes off the left vac suit glove ready to jump into the river in the hopes that staying underneath the water until the suit fixes itself will be safe?

Incredible heat hits your hand and your skin turns red as your feel your resilience kick in and combat it. It's painful but at least for now not damaging. (How long are you wanting to test it?)

(I guess until it starts to burn or the rest of the suit starts to fail then jump into the water since testing out his limits was another thing Wes wanted to do eventually?)

Since your suit was already close to its limit it fails before you do. It's protective seal breaks and the heat hits your whole body in full force. Like with your hand, it's painful but your arcane abilities keep it from damaging you for now.

Wes puts the glove back on and jumps into the water hoping it will have repaired itself enough so he can get back with the plants once the sun sets.

(You can apply an emergency repair patch but the normal repair system was overwhelmed)

(ok, then maybe let myself heal enough so I can make the return trip and fix it back there when I go back with the plants?)

(Judging based on how the heat affected you, you could probably make it back to the temple without getting hurt badly)

(but the plants would still immolate right?)

(Ok, you just want to wait till sunset?)

(yes.

until then I'll be watching the kelp to see what it usually eats or if there are any animals down here.) (edited)

(Notice/wis)

(7)

After a while you see a few small bony fish flitting about. They mostly seem to keep away from the kelp though.

Wes keeps his distance while he waits not sure exactly what they eat if not he kelp.

Watching them for longer it seems they're eating some of the little particles in the water. The water's too cloudy for you to get a clearer idea though.

Wes is glad they presumably won't bite at him he moves every so often, and spends most of the time musing on the idea of what other wildlife must be like if it can survive above ground. (I'm ok to skip forward since I think it would mainly be waiting for the sun to go down now?) (edited)

6:26 PM

(wait could I make a know roll to see if these could be used as those eat the dead skin fish? like the ones they have at Japanese spas or something I think?) (edited)

(I don't think that's something you could figure out with a check)

(Ok, I guess time for more potentially dangerous experiments?)

6:32 PM

Wes takes the glove off of his hand again and holds it towards the bony fishes.

The fish immediately swim away as you near them.

Wes stops moving staying still for a while to see if the fish come back or do anything while he waits for the sun to set.

The fish don't return and eventually the dim light darkens further as the sun begins to set.

Wes checks that the temperature is safe for the plants with another small piece. (edited)

The surface has cooled with the setting sun by the time you reach it and the small piece of kelp stays intact when taken out of the water.

Once he realizes it's safe for the plants Wes gathers everything and heads back to the temple. (Sorry about that I think I tried to do too much at once.)

You arrive back to find the doors open and the inside full of slaves going about their business.

Wes looks for Isolda or the other kindly off worlder who gave him directions before. (it wouldn't be possible to take up all the stuff at once by myself since it's several vases/pots and on a cart right since we can only use the stairs?)

(You could try to get special permissions for the elevator, but yeah you couldn't get it all at once)

10:04 PM

You find the man with the strange tattoos inside though he passes you and seems to be heading back outside.

Wes goes up to him and tries to stop him and mime carrying things up the stairs, and touching an imaginary watch saying "time for help?"

He considers for a moment, "Mmmm... how long?"

"One trip fifth floor? I can help you another time?"

"Five?... Ok, help for help."

Wes nods and smiles. "Thank you." Then puts the cart back and takes the overflowing vase and one of the others. Thinking they are the most dangerous. Then mimes touching the vines then dying of poison and shaking his head no. "Don't touch plant, dangerous."

He's confused by your miming, but seems to get the general idea. "No touch, ok."

Wes gives him a thumbs up. Then moves to carefully ascend the stairs.

He follows you up the stairs, pausing at the fifth floor as you continue up. He holds up five fingers, "Five?"

Wes nods. "Five. Take to room?" Then points to Alia's room.

(Her room is about 10 more floors up)

1:01 PM

(5th from the top, so 15th out of 20)

"Sorry I'm an Idiot it's five from the top so 15. Can you still help? Didn't mean to trick you into it I'm just dumb and new."

He sighs heavily, mumbling to himself in an unfamiliar language before continuing up the stairs after you, a bit slower than before.

"Sorry, I'll make it up to you. Let me see what the case us up there first, maybe help now, but I sort of left Isolda taking care of things alone yesterday."

He follows behind silently as you ascend. You eventually reach the correct floor, the tattooed man breathing heavily with exertion. The supply room is currently empty.

"Sorry again, it's not much further to the elder's room and you see I'll be able to help well. Do you like job and working here on Extaurreen um., .. Miss your home ? I mean."

"Home?" He gestures around him, confused.

"Other planet, before redemption and ship?" Once he gets to Alia's door he bumps against it in place of a knock. (edited)

He nods, thinking he understands now, "This planet, two years." (edited)

(Should I meet up with you now Wes?)

(however you want to do it, you waited on me I'm good with waiting until you finish up your workout thing if you wanted to do more there.)

(Not really, ill go back)

1

4:12 PM

(I’ve been busy so it works fine for me)

You exit Aila's room with the tattooed slave who just looks at you oddly, not saying anything.

Wes scratches his neck, and avoids his eyes taking on a hangdog look. "Thank you again, and sorry. I'm new so I don't know much. I just wanted your name and where you work so I could find you to help later? I didn't think about talking in front of elder."

He taps you in the center of your head, "Not think. You dead. No help, no trouble." He points to himself, "No dead."

"Yeah no trouble, but aren't you tired? Worrying about dead all the time?"

He points to you, "Trouble." And back to himself, "No dead."

"Well, only ... I haven't died yet, at least on this planet please help teach not trouble? This one doesn't understand, maybe teach words better for help?"

He rambles off a quick barrage of foriegn words, gesticulating frustratedly. He puts a hand to his forehead and sighs, "Head down, no talk, no trouble." He points back towards Aila's door, "No. Talk."

( sorry I meant to post something earlier, but got caught up doing errands and at the gym I dont know if it's ok to continue or we were just skipping forward to seeing Alia.)

"I didn't at first, but she kicked me in the shin, hit me with a stick, and told me I should look at her when I talked. I was confused since that is different, but it was an order." (edited)

(so the plan is to go up to when we leave then jump to me leaving the hanger right? since Alia and I are sort of desynced and she's safe it shouldn't matter as much hopefully?)

(Yeah, let's just say everyone was busy and you didn't get much of a chance to talk to Isolda or help tattoo guy yet)

(so just jump to coming back from the hangar?)

You watch as the roof opens and the free merchant takes off, roof closing shortly after.

Wes looks around for a traffic control room or the people who look like they opened the roof. (sorry hopefully the wording is clearer this way?) (edited)

You see a large control panel for various hangar operations on the far wall with a number of techs around it.

Wes notes the guards on it. ( with 0 programming remote operation wouldn't be an option and doors are probably to close/tough to shoot though right? Sorry to assume things just trying to pre eliminate redundant or overly stupid approqches or questions.)

(You don't see any way to operate it remotely. Any doors leading outside are at least somewhat fortified, a normal gun couldn't shoot through them)

(I meant shuttle weapons and flying out no use getting in if we're just stuck afterwards right and someine staying behind would suck both in maybe leaving them behinf and potentially as a plan?)

(That's something you could try if you wanted but you wouldn't know for sure if it would work without more info)

(I just didn't want to attempt something overly ridiculous. But Pafo to find out more info or try it and see what happens I guess? Just trying to see which parts of the plan I'll adapt now that I have more accurate information.) (edited)

(Yeah just PAFO)

Wes notes any slaves working the hanger then makes way back to the subway entrance.

Plenty of slaves are around but none that you recognize. Your presence was noted with Aila earlier and you're allowed passage back to the temple.

Wes looks at the operator to see if they are a slave as well?

The one operating the subway is the same as before. She doesn't seem to be a slave.

(sorry I didn't remember it's not the old lady that brought me the first time and threatened the nice Preceptor and I with the blood farms is it?) (edited)

(Not the same as that one, just the same that took you with Aila)

1

Wes rides back in silence returning to the temple and looking for the Preceptor there. (the one the nice one told me about.)

You're able to find her office after asking a few slaves for directions. Her office is only on the second floor, so a much shorter trip up than you're used to.

Wes approaches the office and knocks on the door glad for a conversation where he doesn't need to avert his eyes or worry about catching a beating for starting.

A harsh voice answers, deep for a woman "Enter."

Wes enters. "Good morning Preceptor, I hope the day finds you well?"

Inside you find a middle aged woman with a wide head and body but a pinched face as if she'd eaten something sour. "Offworlder. I've heard about you and your oddities. Are you here to report heresy?"

"Heresy? Nothing that important I'm afraid. The other Preceptor said I should come to you if I needed to talk or ask about something, since you are seperate from caste." (edited)

"If you have something important, that is correct. If you waste my time you may be due for some instruction."

Wes bows and averts his eyes despite not needing to. "Do you need any tasks done then, I'd just heard there was another creature like the one working with me on the 15th floor with the elders, and was curious. Sorry if I wasted your time Preceptor. I'll ready myself for instruction if you think I am in need of it. Perhaps you can tell me what you have heard, and instruct me if I should act differently, so I can change my behavior to better serve those over me and further the will of Almighty Xerkis?" (edited)

She arches an eyebrow, "Is that pig causing troubles again? I've received multiple complaints from the residents already. Her disgusting body is too impure for the blood farms, I'll need to find some other productive use for her."

"Not that I saw. I planned on taking over duties requiring direct interactions with opposed elders. Having me give her beatings seemed to excite elder Muriel. She was helpful in maintaining care when I was occupied with specific orders requiring my personal attention. I just wondered why the other was placed elsewhere?" (edited)

"Where others are placed is of no concern to you. I'll go ahead and remove her from the situation, you needn't worry about it. Now if there aren't any slaves causing troubles to report you had better leave before you start causing troubles."

"Apolgies, I didn't mean to cause you trouble, but that bald man with the tattoos should I try to teach him English? It seems like he'd better understand orders that way?" (edited)

Wes stares intently at the Preceptor as if waiting expectantly for her response and instruction to hide his looking her, and her office over with his metapsionic senses. (edited)

You don't sense anything from her unlike most of the non-slave temple residents. "He knows his orders. You're free to teach him in your own free time if he's willing but no work time will be taken up by it. If he hasn't picked it up yet I see no reason for him to now though."

Wes moves closer head down scanning for an alarm button or compad. "Of course I would not further waste your time or time this one should be doing the work that was assigned. Though I apologize again if I wasted your time I will return to my duties after instruction is given so this one can better serve the will of Almighty Xerkis."

There is a compad on her desk but you don't see any sort of obvious alarm buttons. "Well I won't turn down someone asking for instruction." She reaches into a drawer and pulls out a long reed split at the end and tipped with metal. "Smock off, I wouldnt want to damage something valuable."

Wes removes his smock and puts it in the chair or somewhere far enough away from the Preceptor that blood would be unlikely to splatter onto it.

(oh if I'm about to take damage and probably flub a roll and get into a fight again would it have been more than six hours with the flash forwards and all? I'm not sure if I made it obvious enough, but I think this will work as part of my horrible plan, I wasn't just submitting Wes to Elderly Reed Paddling. That said it might get seemingly slightly worse? depending on what you think worse is I guess? I was planning on having him scream more loudly the fist couple times when he got hit so it would cover up extra noise as he figures slaves being beaten badly and screaming isn't out of the norm?) (edited)

(It's been well over 6 hours. What are you trying to do that the screaming is covering up?)

(My plan was after maybe one or two hits trying to incapacitate her quietly or quietly enough and quickly at least, the thought being if he does she won't call in people to go kill Isolda?)

(You can certainly try that)

(Id like to just hoping against hope I roll higher than a six lol what would that be? And I should probably describe that part first?)

(Which part?)

(Do you mean for the roll or description or I guess you would? Sorry. )

(Either, not sure what you're rolling for or describing)

(I'm not sure about what would need rolls myself, but I guess the instruction?)

(You don't need rolls till you try to subdue her)

1

7:35 AM

As you remove your smock your senses tingle a bit and you see the metal tips of the reed almost glow a bit in your metapsi senses. You don't get a chance to study it before it descends upon you rapidly, twice in succession. (6 damage) Where the metal tears into your skin you bleed freely, a little more than you'd expect from shallow cuts. (edited)

(I thought of one other plan maybe more in his wheel house than killing an old lady even a cruel andsadistic one, but might go back to that one if it doesn't work. Sorry in advance, but I don't think it's possible to get out of the situation I dug myself into without doing something sort of dark and cringey it's just a matter of what?)

7:50 AM

Wes plan to scream at the top of his lungs is made easier by the unexpected pain. He turns back towards the Preceptor after letting out the scream trying to summon any of his old charm. "Prececeptor, you spoil me with this instruction, maybe if we continue long enough you could see fit to let that creature continue to work the floor with me? Though she doesn't have your beauty or strength she'll be a help while I recover from your instruction. Especially if I'm to return on a more regular basis?" (edited)

(Let's get a talk/cha)

(9)

(She got a 10 to see through it) Her eyes narrow, "Flattery will get you nowhere slave. If you let your wounds keep you from work you'll be punished appropriately." The reed lashes out twice more. (6 damage, if you want to dodge/resist I can roll to hit)

(Not yet. I want to try to catch her hand mid swing before she connects with the next one but not more than that yet going to try something that might work for either plan first?) Wes looks at her as he takes the second hit of the reed trying to think of how to better appeal to her.

8:29 AM

(like a grapple disarm or disarm I think it's in the book, and would apply but forget what terms are used exactly.)

(You can try to disarm if you want)

10:47 AM

(Make an attack roll first, if it hits then we do a contested check)

1

(19, 2 but damage doesn't matter right?)

(No damage. Now an unarmed/dex skill check)

(12)

(12, both are unarmed on ties but you already are) She goes in for a third strike but you knock the reed flying from her hands. (Initiative)

(3)

(9) The Preceptor dives for the switch, picking it back up and turning to face you. (You can take an opportunity attack on her as she goes to pick it up)

(would that make sense since I wasn't planning on attacking her at least initially after the disarm?)

(You don't have to take one, but you can. It's pretty clear she's going to try to kill you now)

(yeah that didn't go to plan even with double sixes I only tied. I guess it's kind of beyond talking his way out of so I'll take the attack. I doubt the preceptor would be as grateful for a fight so killing her first is probably my best option whatever I end up doing afterward. Just a regular unarmed attack?)

(Disarming is meant to be hard to do. They get a +3 to defend and she has +1 dex and stab)

11:11 AM

(Yeah unarmed attack for you since you don't have any weapons)

1

(I know I didn't think you were fudging it against me I did better than expected for a -1 punch for a net 0. Sorry if I shouldn't have even said anything just didn't want you to think I was going judge on you.) (edited)

11:12 AM

(6/2 Miss I assume?)

(Miss but now it's your turn)

(oh right opportunity attack. )

11:22 AM

(just to make sure I'm thinking of the situation correctly would we be on her side of the desk or the other side and would getting on the desk then trying to do some sort of jump attack either connecting with or landing on her be too much to do in one set of actions?)

(On the outer side of the desk. You could get on the desk with your move and try that, it'd just be flavor unless you're trying to knock her prone which wouldn't do any damage)

(would it just be an attack to knock her prone?)

(Similar to disarm, hit and then contested punch or effort check. No bonus for her though)

(ok lets go for it, do I need to make a roll to get on top of the desk in the first place?)

(No, it just uses your move)

1

(I should have been using effort I have a point in that lol. ok let me roll the attack first.)

11:29 AM

(I guess the game doesn't always like it when I use custom tags 4/3)

(Effort isn't valid for disarm, just forcing movement)

(ah I figured you would have given me the option if it was one you're on the ball like that.)

You jump off the table, trying to tackle her like you've seen on the holovids but you misjudged the distance and fall to the ground. She stands with her reed, pinched face red with fury as she swipes the reed at you again, the metal tips just barely missing you. (18/5)

11:35 AM

You notice your earlier wounds are still bleeding surprisingly heavily, the normal coagulation doesn't seem to be occurring.

(am I prone since I messed up the tackle?)

(No, you're up)

1

(if I started throwing random desk stuff at her could I use exert?)

(Throwing is generally shoot or stab)

(that's just for athletic contests right?)

(And not much is on there that would be damaging)

11:39 AM

(In combat I think forcing movement or running away are the only applications generally)

(and that's after you get the attack first anyway right?)

(Correct, you have to land a punch first)

(so now that she's been using the switch more in front of me is the power coming from her or it?)

(From the weapon, you could use your action to try an analyze it)

(is it something I could stop potentially with psychic static, even temporarily?) (edited)

(I'd say you could remove the effect for a round each time you use it)

(and that's an instant so I could still attack or full defense or whatever?)

(Yep)

(would the 18 have missed because of my ironhide ? if you don't want to retcon it, I forgot so that's ok but for the future?)

(I said it missed in the description)

(I'm just super dumb sorry. I think I read it as the metal tips missed but the reed hit if that makes sense?) (edited)

1

Wes focuses his newly learned powers and looks at the switch in the way that Draper looks at everything. After a tense second he breathes a sigh of relief as he doesn't sense the magic and moves in close trying to get at a range where the switch wouldn't be as effective and brings his hand down in an overhead hammerfist at the Praetor's pinched red face. (assigning one effort? for day? Psychic Static.)

11:55 AM

(7/2)

(I'll say she can't contest it since she's not a mage and you're using it on an item instead of her)

1

12:01 PM

The switch flicks out again, though you don't sense anything from it anymore. You dodge out of the way and her swing goes wide.

Unafraid of the switch and tired of missing Wes takes the same tactic that worked with cooking and just goes for a simple punch.

12:03 PM

(yay 18/3)

Your fist lands solidly, knocking the breath out of her for a moment. She raises the switch in a backhand that flashes across your face. (24/6) Blood begins dripping from your chin.

(oh I should have asked did I have to do that every turn or is that without the magic?)

(You only suppress it for a turn, the magic is built into the weapon)

(the effort is still for the day though right I did that correctly?)

(Each time you use it yes)

1

Realizing he can only temporarily suppress the powers of the item Wes decides to try for a jab.

12:15 PM

(6/3)

Your jab misses, but her dodge throws off her own attack and it goes wide. (Make a sneak/dex check, someone's going to notice the racket eventually)

(7)

No one seems to have heard the fight so far, but it's only a matter of time

Wes blocks the powers of the switch again then goes for another straight punch boring, but hopefully dependable.

12:25 PM

(8/2)

(Just call it a disco punch)

(thanks I wouldn't have thought of that, darn untrained martial arts failing me I should have resorted to dance fighting earlier.)

1

(Wes is a capoeira master)

(lol)

She ducks beneath your punch, the dodge again throwing off her own hit. You can tell she's starting to get frustrated.

Thinking maybe he can capitalize on her frustration Wes starts using fancier footwork almost literally dancing around her, and tries to sync up his attack for a disco puch strait to her pinched red nose.

12:43 PM

(4/3 dang should have gone with disco kicks.)

12:49 PM

(can you move after you attack or is that something special like requires a focus?) (edited)

(You can move before or after, you just can't split it)

(not this turn there is still at least one thing I want to try to do first. probably next turn whether that works or not though.) (edited)

Your fancy footwork throws off your attack

1:00 PM

She capitalizes on your moment of imbalance and strikes you across the chest. (25/6)

1:01 PM

(Another sneak check after your action)

Wes smiles when he gets raked across the chest doing a last little bit of footwork and kicking at her shin ready to follow through with the pivot and just run whether it connects or not.

1:09 PM

((7/2) Should I make the stealth check before or after He scrambles out of the office, and you probably get an attack of opportunity I think?) (edited)

You just make it out of range and out the door as the switch hits the air behind you.

1:19 PM

(Go ahead and make a sneak check though since you're running it may not matter much lol)

(8 also I forgot to even try to grab my smock so I'm streaking the temple headed to the 15th floor.)

1

(Let's go ahead and get that effort check too to outpace her)

(11)

1:22 PM

(exert /con right? sorry, I should have asked but I have only plus ones in all stats except int.) (edited)

You head out, sprinting towards the stairs. You quickly leave the Preceptor behind and somehow manage to not run into anyone on your way to the stairs. As you reach the stairs an alarm starts to sound from within the temple.

1

Wes runs up to the 15th floor keeping an eye out for anyone but specifically Isolda. (edited)

You nearly run into a few slaves coming down, they just stare open mouthed at the strange naked man running past. You reach the 15th floor to find Isolda in the supply room, putting up some cleaning supplies. She stares at you as you enter with an appraising smile, "Well hello there Wes, nice to see you. Not sure what you're planning to do with that but we'd better head downstairs. That alarm means an escaped slave, if we're not in our quarters they might think we're trying to run."

1

Wes shakes his head no grabs her hand and pulls her to Alia's room "We are, thing's went wrong."

She gives a small gasp, but follows you. Once you're in the room she turns to you, hands on her hips, "Wes, what did you do?"

"Um let's just say who knew the Preceptor could take a punch so well?" Wes tries to smile disarmingly while looking around Alia's room for her armor or other useful things avoiding Isolda's gaze. (edited)

Her eyes narrow, "Didn't I say to stay away from the Preceptors? What in the hells would compel you to punch one??" You do see her armor in the same spot as before. It seems like anything else useful she took with her.

Wes starts putting the armor on while describing what happened. "Well, I tried to let her torture me or talk and flatter my way out if it. I thought it'd worked at first when she asked me to take off my smock, but she is a bit of a sadist and one of the few bureaucrats immine to flattery I guess? I was going to try that thing in movies where the lead catches the romantic interest's hand, but I just knocked her magic switch away and she got more mad and After taking a few painful hits I realized how much I don't know what I'm doing. Anyway it all started when I was dumb and didn't take your advice and tried to trick her into telling me where your sister might be, tgen she basically called you too ugly for the blood farms and said she'd have to find something for you and take you away, so short story long I got close under the pretense of willingly receiving instruction, then hit her and things went wring, then worse. I couldn't let her take you to a fate worse than blood farms especially since it was my fault, and leaving you behind so I could survive was never an option. I understand if you hate me forever, but there will be time for that after we're safely out if this hell hole. Don't suppose you know of somewhere safe during the day? I know one, but you can't swim and have to breathe."

"Erm, ok. That's a lot. What you did was stupid and reckless and idiotic and oh my gods you're still bleeding and what were you thinking? But it was also brave and kinda sweet. I don't hate you but let's just try to not get killed ok? We have a while till daytime so I'd rather try to get out of here than hide. Did you have any kind of escape plan?"

"Well not a smart one? They'll be looking for us two at least. It's only a matter of time until they check here. And the exits are probably sealed. I was thinking armor up cover myself it deadly sharp poisonous semi alive reaching kelp and fight our way to the blood forges? I haven't seen but I figure we could get better weapons there and it would be secure. I have one last card if everything goes wrong you get away, and ill tell them about me and how I could be an eternal hourly sacrifice ti Xerkis? Sounds horrible, but I might get close enough to see Xerkis and the cup and go from there, and better thsn dying forever, probably wint help make me any more sane though?"

"You're already insane! Neither of us know anything about the forges and I don't know what kelp you're talking about but fighting our way out will absolutely kill us both. I don't think there's any chance of us surviving once they catch us, regardless of whatever demented eternal dying scheme you come up with. I'll come if you can't think of anything better, I just don't see us living that way."

"Hmm... You know better than I do, and we saw where not listening to you got me last time. Just I don't want to get free only to watch you burst into flames out in the sun. We'll probably have to fight some to get out though won't we? Do you know which exit would be easiest or if there is a convenient garbage chute or some way we could leave without running into a bunch of angry guards? As for the kelp don't get close or touch it but there should be 3 plants over there all probably hungry and posiony? Oh also pretty sharp." (edited)

"The only ways down I know of are the elevators and stairs. So I guess we'll have to fight at least a bit probably. Or just jump out a window and pray. Do you have any weapons? Besides some kinda pokey plants?"

"No, sadly the Preceptor was able to get her magical switch back too fast. If we do have to fight you be careful I'll heal like nothing in a day or so probably, but those magic weapons could hurt you pretty badly."

"Too bad I couldn't fit in miss Aila's armor eh?" She looks again at your wounds, "You sure you'll heal ok? Those still look pretty fresh, I feel like they should have scabbed over by now or something."

"I will or have so far. I think I could stop the magic keeping them fresh if I need to, but it won't matter for now, we'll worry about me when we're safe and I could need the energy to stop their odd powers who knows what they'll bring out if they realize it's me I was pretty forthcoming when I talked about myself, but held some back. I would have given you the armor, but I was glad it fit me let alone you. Too muscular for your own good."

"Alright let's get going then, you lead the way. As you said they're probably already on their way here."

"Sure just take one of the small plants, and give me a second to get all kelped up. Should we stop by the kitchen you still need to eat right?" Wes looks at the plant and armor seeing if it will penetrate or it would stop the poison vines from being able to scratch at him? (edited)

The armor is solid and should keep the kelp away from you, though the amount of kelp you have won't cover much of it. "Eat? You really are mad, let's just get out of here."

"Ok, Just let me wrap this kelp around the fists of this armor, you keep one of the living plants in the vase, might come in handy to throw or something?" (edited)

"Sure, I guess throwing plants is better than just punching guys in armor."

"If you have to, punch the soft parts and soft hits to the hard parts, going forvthe throat usually works. Tell you what, first one dead or unconscious you get their weapons. While I'd like to see you armored By the muse I hope we don't fight one that big."

"Doesn't seem like there's many soft parts if they've got armor like yours. But it's worth a shot. Better than just waiting here to die."

"Yeah, so we're mainly running I'll match your pace I don't get tired, but I'm not leaving you behind. If we do have to fight or otherwise get separated just get away if you can. I'll meet you at the river, if I don't come for too long get to shelter don't burn to death waiting for me. Anything else? You're the brains on this one."

"Not sure about being the brains but I'll try to keep up. Are we going down the stairs or elevator?"

"Do you think they will guard the elevator? Or would they think slaves couldn't or wouldn't dare use it, maybe we could get past them that way, how is it accessed?"

"I'm sure they're already on their way probably from both elevator and stairs. We can access the elevators just fine, the threat of punishment keeps slaves from using them."

"Ok I guess we should head to the elevator then? Try to have a kelpy surprise waiting for the guards that show up there?"

"Fighting at all still sounds like suicide, but if you think your kelp will work it's worth a shot. Lead the way."

"Well I heal quick and it still hurt me pretty bad so I figure a regular person or even a whatever the acolytes here are will be in even more trouble?" (edited)

"Alright well let's go then, they'll be here any minute now."

Wes follows Isolda to the elevator sporting his new armor ready to dispense Kelpy justice.

The elevators are in a small hallway next to the rec room. There are three of them. Two are on the first floor and the third is currently ascending towards your floor.

"I guess we might as well try calling up the other two, maybe one will get here before they do, and that way they won't know which one we take?"

"With the alarm on I think they shut down the elevators for everyone without a master key sort of thing. So unless you're good at hacking or something I don't think they'll come."

"No, I guess we'll just have to borrow theirs."

12:40 PM

(should I put in something for the poisonous serrated kelp punches? or just roll an unarmed or d20+3 then you'll do the damage part?) (edited)

(Just roll a normal unarmed attack and I'll do the rest)

1

The elevator continues to rise and eventually dings as it reaches your floor. (Are you guys just standing in front of it or flanking the doorway or hiding or what)

(I thought flanking ready to bushwack them when they come out?)

1

(Go ahead and give a sneak check to see if you get a surprise round)

(9)

1:45 PM

(does Isolda need one too or just go off of mine?)

The door opens and three sunblades step into the hallway decked out in their full heavy armor and dual blades in their hands. (They don't see you right away)

Wes rushes up and tries to punch one somewhere the kelp might touch them either by the punch or it trying to grab new prey.

4:30 PM

(4/2) (edited)

(Go ahead and put the damage too in the future, you're still punching them. You can roll for Isolda too with a +3 to hit, +1 to damage)

1

(would she be punching them or throwing something or would it be the same for hit and damage? 1d20 +3 1d2+1?)

(That's for punch, are you wanting to throw?)

(You decide right since she's an npc? punch, throw or smash the vase over one of their heads?)

(I'll let you decide)

(I think she'd smash it then start punching next turn she doesn't seem like she'd stay back out of the combat?) (edited)

(Alright, still use the +3)

4:50 PM

(D6 for damage)

1

(21/2)

4:51 PM

(still plus one for damage? then 3) (edited)

Your fist lands directly on the soldier's armor and he turns in surprise, unharmed. As he turns he catches a face full of vase. The glass shatters sending water and glass and toxic razor kelp all over him. He screams, a web of shallow lacerations appearing on his face which immediately begins swelling and blistering an angry red as the toxins take effect. He falls the the ground, clawing at his face, his screams abruptly cut off as his throat closes from the swelling. The other two soldiers stare in shock and horror at the grisly death before readying their weapons to avenge their brother. (Initiative) (edited)

(6 do I need to roll one for Isolda?)

(8 for them, she'll go with you. I'll get them started in a bit)

1

The first soldier strikes out at you with his blade (21/2) and the other goes for Isolda but she manages to duck beneath it.

( Isolda picking up the dead temple guard's weapons would be 1 action right?) (edited)

(Holy crap that was metal)

(Enter the Snow Pig lol)

(Yeah she can pick it up as her action)

(could I hit either guard or only the one on my side? These guys and their weapons are magical since they're sun blades right? do any of them have that mental connection floating off to somewhere?) (edited)

(No connections. You can hit either guard, it's a fairly small hallway. Weapons are magical but different from the switch.)

Not knowing if Isolda's luck will hold, wanting to draw all attention to himself, and hoping he might hit someone not paying attention Wes strikes at the one who took a swipe at Isolda.

11:41 PM

(22/2 before kelp not critical) (edited)

Your punch finds an unarmed joint, the edges of the kelp cutting into the hardened fabric between plates. The soldier seems to resist the toxin's effects though. Isolda picks up one of the fallen guard's blades, holding it out towards the guard you attacked.

12:20 PM

(Let's roll... a performance check to see if he attacks you)

1

(perform/cha right?)

(Yep)

(11)

They both turn towards you, striking out with their blades. (First misses second crit/4. Double ones on damage lol)

1

Wes strikes out at the one he hit before while Isolda attacks the one who just turned their back on her? (would the attack/damage be different with the twin blade thing?)

1:14 PM

(wes 16/2)

(D6 damage, it's a small melee weapon)

1:15 PM

(+3 to attack still is fine)

(d6 +1 right for piggen strength?) (edited)

1:20 PM

(13/3 at just d6)

1:26 PM

(I just realized that would be the same one lol Just described in such a way that I even confused myself) (edited)

(D6+1 for her, yes. And go ahead and roll a d6 for your damage too, we'll count your kelp gauntlets as small weapons for fun lol)

(ok that was a d6 for her so 13/4 isolda and let me reroll wes' damage and change the input for after.)

5:40 PM

(16/3 Wes rolled as d6+1 so including his strength +1, and 13/4 isolda) (edited)

(I rerolled your first attack that hit for you. Isolda only picked up one blade, without specific training dual fighting is generally much less effective)

(Oh did I miss then? I just rerolled the damage for myself. I wasn't sure if she had the stab 1 necessary for dual wielding them as in the book so was rolling with it.) (edited)

(She has a 0 in each combat skill, -1 in everything else)

1

(I think we both have the same attack/damage then 1d20+3/1d6+1, but I'll just keep rolling hers separately using the dice tool for now so I don't get it confused or something if that's ok?)

Both of your attacks bounce off his plated armor. He strikes at you and you manage to block it with your own armored gauntlet, but leave yourself open to the other blade striking from behind. (19/2)

Desperate to take at least one more down before he's overwhelmed and leaves Isolda fighting them both Wes takes another swing at the guard. Isolda tries to find a weak point in the Sunblade's heavy armor. (same with two attacks on the one that resisted.)

8:17 PM

(two misses Wes11/4 Isolda7/2)

He turns back towards Isolda with a mocking grin on his face and catches her hand in the same move you attempted earlier as she tries to attack him. Time seems to freeze as his blade flashes out, a thin red line appearing on her throat before sheets of blood gush out. She looks to you with sad eyes, mouthing her final words to you but lacking the breath to voice them. The light leaves her eyes and she falls backwards, a puddle slowly growing beneath her. In your shock you let another blow through your defenses. (22/6)

(I guess I should ask the saner sounding part of the plan first. If I made a fighting withdrawal could I get to the stairs or back to Alia's room? (Sorry didn't think about it but I probably should have asked that here not in ooc))

(You're good. They'll be able to follow you but you're free to head that way)

(Ok, stay with me on the next stuff, but are the stairs that open bannister style with the open space all the way down in the middle?, and /or does alia's room have a window that can be opened?) (edited)

(Aila's room does have a window. The stairs don't have an open space)

(but I don't know if it can be opened?)

(You haven't looked at it closely, but you could try.)

(So my thinking was whatever I say they'll probably kill me since I attacked them and one of them is dead, so that's the plan least likely to result in survival even though the first hit wouldn't 'kill' me?/ If I fight and they both hit I'm probably dead even one makes me pseudo dead?/ If I run they get free hits on me, and if I disengage first they just catch up and hit me? So I was thinking my only chance especially if I want to escape is still a pretty big risk since they probably do horrible stuff with bodies, but I'd jump or something and die publicly and obviously, but get the physical save for catastrophic damage then potentially come back in an hour since they'd all think I'm obviously very dead? I'm not sure how much of that is accurate or you would confirm, but I thought getting into Alia's room first would give me the best chance to slow them down and possibly get out the window before they just hack me to bits or whatever?)

(You can certainly try it)

(I guess before I decide on running if I was going to try to strangle the one the killed Isolda or just otherwise make sure he gets a double dose of the vines to his fleshy parts as opposed to trying to punch him would it make a difference?)

(It'd still be a punch roll to hit)

9:33 PM

(Technically there's nothing in the rules for it, you can't "dual wield" fists. But I'd allow it as a story moment/potentially his last act lol)

(well I saw it more as getting control of him and forcing him into the kelp so the forcing movement one?, but I did pretty horribly on the role for that last time.)

(Maybe picking up the kelp from the ground to attack? I'd let you do that as an on turn action. Forcing movement you have to hit and win a contested check)

(would that be any different though? If I made these I'd probably at least kill that one right as opposed to just another kelp attack? all of my combat skills are -1)

(It's up to you, whatever you want)

(Ok, what about those wounds, it would make more sense to static those if I can since potentially I could just be partially dead than the sunblades right since they just shrug it off since you go to system strain if you don't have effort and people have a bunch more of that?) (edited)

(I'm not sure the wounds are a valid target for psychic static. I dont think the weapon would have been either technically)

(That's ok forget that part then I can do it multiple times though to make them expend a system strain each or something at least?)

(They haven't used any skills yet for you to target)

(ah ok I wasn't sure if the sun blade thing overall was a skill or what counted as a power.)

("This power can be used against a spell or magical ability being cast by a target." Doesnt work on passive bonuses like sunblade by itself)

2

Wes barely pulled out of shock by the last cut of the Temple Guard's twin blades completely Ignores him and hands shaking goes to grab the one still grinning and covered in the blood of Isolda.( First part(punch attack) of making him eat the kelp)

10:11 PM

(8)

He shrugs off your hands, laughing at you, "Was the piggy your girlfriend?" He waves the bloody blade at you, mocking your attempt to finish them off when you suddenly feel the white-hot blade of the other soldier pierce Aila's borrowed armor, slicing through skin and muscle, grating against bone. You're standing in your own puddle of blood, your wounds from the Preceptor still bleeding, your arcane resilience somehow kept from healing them. You see the two sunblades laughing above you, though you don't recall falling on your back. They ignore the mutilated corpse of their comrade, gloating in their victory against two unarmed slaves. Your vision blurs and the soldiers fade, replaced with a brilliant light and a familiar voice, "Let go Wes. Come be free with me." You leave the shackles of slavery and your body behind, transcending onward to a place without chains and blood, a place of tranquility and peace. (edited)

15

Wes is lifted up by the light, comforted this will be the last time he surrenders himself and the first he doesn’t feel like a coward, knowing he’ll never be alone again, reunited with the muse he didn’t know had already found him.